Remove unneccessary FFmpeg files
This commit is contained in:
@@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Main libavdevice API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
|
||||
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
|
||||
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
|
||||
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
|
||||
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
|
||||
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
|
||||
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
|
||||
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
|
||||
int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int width; /**< width */
|
||||
int height; /**< height */
|
||||
} AVDeviceRect;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window size change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
|
||||
* of the window device renders to.
|
||||
* Message should also be sent right after window is created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repaint request message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
|
||||
* NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request pause/play.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Application requests pause/unpause playback.
|
||||
* Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
|
||||
* By default devices are not paused.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume control message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute control messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get volume/mute messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
|
||||
* AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
|
||||
* and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
|
||||
* frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
|
||||
* Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
|
||||
* with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
* NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prepare window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
|
||||
* Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
|
||||
* Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Display window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to display a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
|
||||
* Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destroy window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
|
||||
* buffer is not required anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer fullness status messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer readable/writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
|
||||
* When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
|
||||
* NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute state change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that mute state has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume level change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that volume level has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from application to device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from device to application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Can be NULL.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
|
||||
* pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
|
||||
* It is build on top op AVOption API.
|
||||
* Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
|
||||
* parameters that fit to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* List of capabilities that can be queried:
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
|
||||
* - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
|
||||
* - sample_format: supported sample formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
|
||||
* - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channels: supported number of channels.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for video devices:
|
||||
* - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
|
||||
* - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - fps: supported fps values
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
|
||||
* and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
|
||||
* limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
|
||||
* For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
|
||||
* returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
|
||||
* AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* int ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query codecs
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick codec here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query format
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick format here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query and set more capabilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fail:
|
||||
* //clean up code
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
|
||||
* avformat_free_context(oc);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes device capabilities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
|
||||
* to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFormatContext *device_context;
|
||||
enum AVCodecID codec;
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
int window_width;
|
||||
int window_height;
|
||||
int frame_width;
|
||||
int frame_height;
|
||||
AVRational fps;
|
||||
} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
|
||||
* not used anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
AVDictionary **device_options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
|
||||
char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
|
||||
char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
|
||||
AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
|
||||
* autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
|
||||
* be always completed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param devices device list to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
* These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
* Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
|
||||
* @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
* @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Libavdevice version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 4
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,1168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* filter layer
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Main libavfilter public API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
|
||||
* Graph-based frame editing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavfilter/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avfilter_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavfilter build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavfilter license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g.
|
||||
* AVFilter.inputs/outputs).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of an AVFilterPad.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
|
||||
* @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's
|
||||
* responsibility to ensure the index is valid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the type of an AVFilterPad.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
|
||||
* @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
|
||||
* responsibility to ensure the index is valid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs.
|
||||
* The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the
|
||||
* options supplied to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs.
|
||||
* The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on
|
||||
* the options supplied to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts
|
||||
* and processing them concurrently.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used
|
||||
* to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this
|
||||
* option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default
|
||||
* no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame()
|
||||
* callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to
|
||||
* the next filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will
|
||||
* have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable
|
||||
* expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the
|
||||
* filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on
|
||||
* the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature
|
||||
* (internally or generically).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the
|
||||
* callback functions used to interact with the filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilter {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A description of the filter. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *description;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with
|
||||
* AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in
|
||||
* this list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilterPad *inputs;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with
|
||||
* AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in
|
||||
* this list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilterPad *outputs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions.
|
||||
* This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
|
||||
* must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic
|
||||
* code to this class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter pre-initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
|
||||
* allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
|
||||
* allocation failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success,
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
|
||||
* dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after
|
||||
* all the options have been set, but before links between filters are
|
||||
* established and format negotiation is done.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic
|
||||
* inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on
|
||||
* provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be
|
||||
* done after this callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame
|
||||
* parameters are known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if
|
||||
* initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on
|
||||
* failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that
|
||||
* want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are
|
||||
* allocated during init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that
|
||||
* contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or
|
||||
* with NULL if all the options were processed).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter uninitialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any
|
||||
* memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does
|
||||
* not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not
|
||||
* called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs
|
||||
* and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This
|
||||
* callback may be called more than once.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and
|
||||
* AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample
|
||||
* formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this
|
||||
* filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" /
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" /
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case
|
||||
* libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves
|
||||
* them on output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
|
||||
|
||||
int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other
|
||||
* code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilter *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Make the filter instance process a command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported.
|
||||
* @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be
|
||||
* time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function, alternative to the init()
|
||||
* callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is
|
||||
* used for providing binary data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter activation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
|
||||
* filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
|
||||
* step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
|
||||
* nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
|
||||
* possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
|
||||
* activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
} AVFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/** An instance of a filter */
|
||||
struct AVFilterContext {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options
|
||||
|
||||
const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance
|
||||
|
||||
char *name; ///< name of this filter instance
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads
|
||||
AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links
|
||||
unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads
|
||||
AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links
|
||||
unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads
|
||||
|
||||
void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of
|
||||
* AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some
|
||||
* or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing
|
||||
* everything.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with
|
||||
* AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining
|
||||
* allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both
|
||||
* to be allowed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the
|
||||
* threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int thread_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
|
||||
|
||||
char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string
|
||||
void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
|
||||
double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
|
||||
int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
|
||||
* filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
|
||||
* in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
|
||||
* instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
|
||||
* hardware context information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
|
||||
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
|
||||
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ready status of the filter.
|
||||
* A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
|
||||
* a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned ready;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
|
||||
* allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
|
||||
* output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
|
||||
* filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
|
||||
* of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
|
||||
* that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
|
||||
* configured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int extra_hw_frames;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
|
||||
* destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
|
||||
* the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
|
||||
* which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
|
||||
* image dimensions, format, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
|
||||
* Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
|
||||
* In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
|
||||
* implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterLink {
|
||||
AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
|
||||
AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter
|
||||
AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
|
||||
|
||||
/* These parameters apply only to video */
|
||||
int w; ///< agreed upon image width
|
||||
int h; ///< agreed upon image height
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
|
||||
/* These parameters apply only to audio */
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
|
||||
int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
|
||||
|
||||
int format; ///< agreed upon media format
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
|
||||
* which will pass through this link.
|
||||
* During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to
|
||||
* change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the
|
||||
* input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output
|
||||
* filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format
|
||||
* to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and
|
||||
* channel_layout members, above, when chosen.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *in_formats;
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *out_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic
|
||||
* negotiation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates;
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates;
|
||||
struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts;
|
||||
struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to
|
||||
* request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to
|
||||
* it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input
|
||||
* pad.
|
||||
* Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int request_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
|
||||
AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
|
||||
AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
|
||||
} init_state;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Graph the filter belongs to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterGraph *graph;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in link time_base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts_us;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Index in the age array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int age_index;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
|
||||
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
|
||||
* of the source filter if it exists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
|
||||
* If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
|
||||
* Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
|
||||
* Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
|
||||
* It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *partial_buf;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of the partial buffer to allocate.
|
||||
* Must be between min_samples and max_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int partial_buf_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
|
||||
* called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf.
|
||||
* This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering
|
||||
* has started.
|
||||
* If 0, all related fields are ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
|
||||
* called with more samples, it will split them.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link processing flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of past frames sent through the link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *frame_pool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
|
||||
* Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
|
||||
* cleared when a frame is filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_wanted_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal structure members.
|
||||
* The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
|
||||
* and must in no way be accessed by applications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char reserved[0xF000];
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FFFrameQueue fifo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
|
||||
* The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
|
||||
* the same link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_blocked_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link input status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp of the input status change.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t status_in_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link output status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_out;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link two filters together.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src the source filter
|
||||
* @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter
|
||||
* @param dst the destination filter
|
||||
* @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
|
||||
AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of channels of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the closed field of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should
|
||||
* close the sinks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
|
||||
* @return zero on successful negotiation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Make the filter instance process a command.
|
||||
* It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use
|
||||
* avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A
|
||||
* filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it
|
||||
* is not registered.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to register
|
||||
* @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value
|
||||
* otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
|
||||
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter definition matching the given name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the filter name to find
|
||||
* @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
|
||||
* NULL if none found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
|
||||
* @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a
|
||||
* ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form.
|
||||
* May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the
|
||||
* AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On
|
||||
* return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
|
||||
* a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary
|
||||
* must be freed by the caller.
|
||||
* May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to
|
||||
* avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing,
|
||||
* the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the
|
||||
* calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also
|
||||
* behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as
|
||||
* supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but
|
||||
* this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and
|
||||
* continue as usual.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its
|
||||
* filtergraph's list of filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted
|
||||
* @param filt the filter to be inserted
|
||||
* @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect
|
||||
* @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
|
||||
unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return AVClass for AVFilterContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be
|
||||
* executed multiple times, possibly in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to
|
||||
* @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref
|
||||
* AVFilterGraph.execute
|
||||
* @param jobnr the index of the job being executed
|
||||
* @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong
|
||||
* @param func the function to be called multiple times
|
||||
* @param arg the argument to be passed to func
|
||||
* @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each
|
||||
* invocation of func
|
||||
* @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func,
|
||||
void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFilterContext **filters;
|
||||
unsigned nb_filters;
|
||||
|
||||
char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
|
||||
* of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all
|
||||
* filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using
|
||||
* bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for
|
||||
* determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be
|
||||
* set in both to be allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int thread_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by
|
||||
* the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the
|
||||
* default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque object for libavfilter internal use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterGraphInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to
|
||||
* be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute.
|
||||
* Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the
|
||||
* graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom
|
||||
* multithreading implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback
|
||||
* to execute multiple jobs in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal
|
||||
* implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the
|
||||
* platform and build options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
avfilter_execute_func *execute;
|
||||
|
||||
char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private fields
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following fields are for internal use only.
|
||||
* Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterLink **sink_links;
|
||||
int sink_links_count;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned disable_auto_convert;
|
||||
} AVFilterGraph;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new filter instance in a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to create an instance of
|
||||
* @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to
|
||||
* AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify
|
||||
* different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to
|
||||
* this parameter. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is
|
||||
* also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with
|
||||
* avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
|
||||
const AVFilter *filter,
|
||||
const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph filter graph to search through.
|
||||
* @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph).
|
||||
* @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it
|
||||
* cannot be found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
|
||||
* The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
|
||||
* with the parameters args and opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created
|
||||
* filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance
|
||||
* @param graph_ctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non
|
||||
* negative value otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt,
|
||||
const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque,
|
||||
AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted
|
||||
* scale and aresample filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */
|
||||
AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graphctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL.
|
||||
* If *graph is NULL, do nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(),
|
||||
* where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and
|
||||
* to the caller.
|
||||
* This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the
|
||||
* filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterInOut {
|
||||
/** unique name for this input/output in the list */
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/** filter context associated to this input/output */
|
||||
AVFilterContext *filter_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */
|
||||
int pad_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
/** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */
|
||||
struct AVFilterInOut *next;
|
||||
} AVFilterInOut;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry.
|
||||
* Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL.
|
||||
* If *inout is NULL, do nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs,
|
||||
* which therefore must be known before calling the function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing
|
||||
* part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created
|
||||
* part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes
|
||||
* outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as
|
||||
* inputs to the parsed filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph
|
||||
* @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first
|
||||
* filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of
|
||||
* the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL.
|
||||
* If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs
|
||||
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL.
|
||||
* If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs
|
||||
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param[in] filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
|
||||
* parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed
|
||||
* by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
|
||||
* parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the
|
||||
* caller using avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left
|
||||
* unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with
|
||||
* them.
|
||||
* @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already
|
||||
* existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return
|
||||
* contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously
|
||||
* the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created
|
||||
* filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **inputs,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **outputs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a command to one or more filter instances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph
|
||||
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
|
||||
* "all" sends to all filters
|
||||
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
|
||||
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue a command for one or more filter instances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph
|
||||
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
|
||||
* "all" sends to all filters
|
||||
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
|
||||
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code
|
||||
* from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the graph to dump
|
||||
* @param options formatting options; currently ignored
|
||||
* @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure;
|
||||
* the string must be freed using av_free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request a frame on the oldest sink link.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism
|
||||
* of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph
|
||||
* in a balanced way under normal circumstances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on
|
||||
* some of the sinks during the process.
|
||||
* When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link
|
||||
* returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames
|
||||
* which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the return value of ff_request_frame(),
|
||||
* or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
|
||||
* memory buffer sink API for audio and video
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
|
||||
* reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
|
||||
* need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
|
||||
* If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
|
||||
* but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
} AVBufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
|
||||
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
|
||||
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
|
||||
int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
|
||||
int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
|
||||
} AVABufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
|
||||
* exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
|
||||
* not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
|
||||
* Get the properties of the stream
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
|
||||
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
|
||||
* input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
|
||||
* - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
|
||||
* - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
|
||||
* of samples read. This function is less efficient than
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
|
||||
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
|
||||
* the other with a single sink, not both.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
|
||||
* Memory buffer source API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do not check for format changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Immediately push the frame to the output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Keep a reference to the frame.
|
||||
* If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
|
||||
* copy the frame data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of failed requests.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
|
||||
* frame is present in the buffer.
|
||||
* The number is reset when a frame is added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
|
||||
* passed to this filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
|
||||
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
|
||||
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
|
||||
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
|
||||
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
|
||||
* caller with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
|
||||
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
|
||||
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
|
||||
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
|
||||
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
|
||||
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
|
||||
* copies or references when necessary.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
|
||||
* Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
|
||||
* the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
|
||||
* that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
|
||||
* while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
|
||||
* using the flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
|
||||
* @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
|
||||
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
|
||||
* of the last frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Libavfilter version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 25
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,3085 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Main libavformat public API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libavf libavformat
|
||||
* I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
|
||||
* formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
|
||||
* into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
|
||||
* data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
|
||||
* "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
|
||||
* file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call
|
||||
* av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols.
|
||||
* Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
|
||||
* capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
|
||||
* an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
|
||||
* registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() /
|
||||
* av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public
|
||||
* API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the
|
||||
* avio_enum_protocols() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
|
||||
* which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
|
||||
* most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
|
||||
* allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
|
||||
* AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
|
||||
* @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
|
||||
* "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
|
||||
* always set by user for output.
|
||||
* @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
|
||||
* elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
|
||||
* using their index in this array.
|
||||
* @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
|
||||
* set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
|
||||
* with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
|
||||
* It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
|
||||
* mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
|
||||
* AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
|
||||
* av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
|
||||
* from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
|
||||
* AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
|
||||
* Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
|
||||
* if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
|
||||
* nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section urls
|
||||
* URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a
|
||||
* scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files
|
||||
* are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted
|
||||
* sources without checks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to
|
||||
* both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local
|
||||
* audio and video devices and so on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
|
||||
* @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
|
||||
* single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
|
||||
* reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
|
||||
* cleanup.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
|
||||
* The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which
|
||||
* is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* const char *url = "file:in.mp3";
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
|
||||
* int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
* if (ret < 0)
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
|
||||
* specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
|
||||
* information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
|
||||
* store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
|
||||
* frames to find missing information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
|
||||
* avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
|
||||
* for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
|
||||
* To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
|
||||
* your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
|
||||
* AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
|
||||
* options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVDictionary *options = NULL;
|
||||
* av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
|
||||
* av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* av_dict_free(&options);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
|
||||
* demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
|
||||
* cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
|
||||
* out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
|
||||
* recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
|
||||
* options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
|
||||
* consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
|
||||
* wishes, e.g.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVDictionaryEntry *e;
|
||||
* if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
|
||||
* avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
|
||||
* Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
|
||||
* av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
|
||||
* containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
|
||||
* AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
|
||||
* decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the
|
||||
* caller wishes to decode the data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
|
||||
* set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
|
||||
* pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
|
||||
* information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
|
||||
* multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is
|
||||
* allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely.
|
||||
* Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a
|
||||
* static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid
|
||||
* until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller
|
||||
* requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy
|
||||
* of it.
|
||||
* In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no
|
||||
* longer needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
|
||||
* it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
|
||||
* file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
|
||||
* packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
|
||||
* the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
|
||||
* muxer that will be used.
|
||||
* - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
|
||||
* "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
|
||||
* avio_open2() or a custom one.
|
||||
* - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
|
||||
* be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
|
||||
* the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the
|
||||
* codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id
|
||||
* "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
|
||||
* etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
|
||||
* be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
|
||||
* that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
|
||||
* described later).
|
||||
* - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in
|
||||
* AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during
|
||||
* remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid
|
||||
* for both input and output format contexts.
|
||||
* - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
|
||||
* metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
|
||||
* AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
|
||||
* stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
|
||||
* avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
|
||||
* header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
|
||||
* depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
|
||||
* private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
|
||||
* discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
|
||||
* a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
|
||||
* information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
|
||||
* AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
|
||||
* avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
|
||||
* requested by the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
|
||||
* to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
|
||||
* context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
|
||||
* avformat_free_context().
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing
|
||||
* The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of possible use cases:
|
||||
* - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location,
|
||||
* - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all
|
||||
* files from a given directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory
|
||||
* At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir()
|
||||
* supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing
|
||||
* protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive
|
||||
* integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL;
|
||||
* if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n");
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without
|
||||
* any additional parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries
|
||||
* Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else
|
||||
* within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry.
|
||||
* Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by
|
||||
* repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or
|
||||
* positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the
|
||||
* NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be
|
||||
* read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated
|
||||
* with ctx and prints their names to standard output.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL;
|
||||
* for (;;) {
|
||||
* if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n");
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* if (!entry)
|
||||
* break;
|
||||
* printf("%s\n", entry->name);
|
||||
* avio_free_directory_entry(&entry);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avio.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFormatContext;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
|
||||
* application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
|
||||
* set metadata when muxing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
|
||||
* fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
|
||||
* using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
|
||||
* metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
|
||||
* exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Important concepts to keep in mind:
|
||||
* - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
|
||||
* also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
|
||||
* several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
|
||||
* E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
|
||||
* placed in the same tag.
|
||||
* - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
|
||||
* want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
|
||||
* and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
|
||||
* - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
|
||||
* appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
|
||||
* they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
|
||||
* - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
|
||||
* is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
|
||||
* For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
|
||||
* The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
|
||||
* A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
|
||||
* - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
|
||||
* sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
|
||||
* artist-sort="Beatles, The".
|
||||
* - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful
|
||||
* call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags
|
||||
* will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata
|
||||
* changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext
|
||||
* and check their individual event_flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
|
||||
* with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
|
||||
* Follows a list of generic tag names:
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
album -- name of the set this work belongs to
|
||||
album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
|
||||
e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
|
||||
artist -- main creator of the work
|
||||
comment -- any additional description of the file.
|
||||
composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
|
||||
copyright -- name of copyright holder.
|
||||
creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
|
||||
date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
|
||||
disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
|
||||
encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
|
||||
encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
|
||||
filename -- original name of the file.
|
||||
genre -- <self-evident>.
|
||||
language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
|
||||
in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
|
||||
separating them with commas.
|
||||
performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
|
||||
E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
|
||||
Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
|
||||
publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
|
||||
service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
|
||||
service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
|
||||
title -- name of the work.
|
||||
track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
|
||||
variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* packet functions */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its
|
||||
* fields with default values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s associated IO context
|
||||
* @param pkt packet
|
||||
* @param size desired payload size
|
||||
* @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
|
||||
* If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
|
||||
* Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
|
||||
* which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
|
||||
* when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
|
||||
* the final size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s associated IO context
|
||||
* @param pkt packet
|
||||
* @param size amount of data to read
|
||||
* @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
|
||||
* will not be lost even if an error occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************/
|
||||
/* input/output formats */
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecTag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVProbeData {
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */
|
||||
int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */
|
||||
const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */
|
||||
} AVProbeData;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4)
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
|
||||
|
||||
/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly
|
||||
increasing timestamps, but they must
|
||||
still be monotonic */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative
|
||||
timestamps. If not set the timestamp
|
||||
will be shifted in av_write_frame and
|
||||
av_interleaved_write_frame so they
|
||||
start from 0.
|
||||
The user or muxer can override this through
|
||||
AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_encoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOutputFormat {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
|
||||
* than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
|
||||
* to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *long_name;
|
||||
const char *mime_type;
|
||||
const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */
|
||||
/* output support */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER,
|
||||
* AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
|
||||
* AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
|
||||
* AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
|
||||
* choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVOutputFormat *next;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags,
|
||||
* pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer.
|
||||
* When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush,
|
||||
* or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered
|
||||
* data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out,
|
||||
AVPacket *in, int flush);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the given codec can be stored in this container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not.
|
||||
* A negative number if unknown.
|
||||
* MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance);
|
||||
|
||||
void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
|
||||
int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows sending messages from application to device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it
|
||||
* by setting the pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns device list with it properties.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or
|
||||
* AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent.
|
||||
* This method must not write output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being
|
||||
* destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is called if init() fails as well.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed
|
||||
* for the global header.
|
||||
* Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
} AVOutputFormat;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_decoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVInputFormat {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
|
||||
* may be appended with a minor bump.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
|
||||
* than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
|
||||
* to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *long_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
|
||||
* AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
|
||||
* AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
|
||||
* usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
|
||||
* reliable enough
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *extensions;
|
||||
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Comma-separated list of mime types.
|
||||
* It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
|
||||
* @see av_probe_input_format2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *mime_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVInputFormat *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int raw_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
|
||||
* The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
|
||||
* big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
|
||||
* structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be
|
||||
* called to create new streams.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
|
||||
* set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
|
||||
* AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a
|
||||
* background thread).
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
|
||||
* When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated
|
||||
* or must be freed before returning
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
|
||||
* freed by this function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
|
||||
* stream component stream_index.
|
||||
* @param stream_index Must not be -1.
|
||||
* @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
|
||||
* match is available.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *,
|
||||
int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
|
||||
* @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
|
||||
* (RTSP).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
|
||||
* (RTSP).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to timestamp ts.
|
||||
* Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
|
||||
* can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
|
||||
* Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns device list with it properties.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
} AVInputFormat;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVStreamParseType {
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
|
||||
this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
|
||||
just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIndexEntry {
|
||||
int64_t pos;
|
||||
int64_t timestamp; /**<
|
||||
* Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
|
||||
* when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
|
||||
* But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
|
||||
* is known
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001
|
||||
#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /**
|
||||
* Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags:2;
|
||||
int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
|
||||
int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */
|
||||
} AVIndexEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Track should be used during playback by default.
|
||||
* Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
|
||||
* even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
|
||||
* APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it
|
||||
* will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless
|
||||
* seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in
|
||||
* AVStream.attached_pic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding
|
||||
* to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts)
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream structure.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVStream {
|
||||
int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format-specific stream ID.
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat
|
||||
* encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodecContext *codec;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void *priv_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
|
||||
* of which frame timestamps are represented.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat
|
||||
* encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
|
||||
* provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
|
||||
* avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
|
||||
* with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
|
||||
* written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
|
||||
* user-provided one, depending on the format).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
|
||||
* Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
|
||||
* it to really is the pts of the first frame.
|
||||
* This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
|
||||
* demuxer must NOT set this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
|
||||
* If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
|
||||
* a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
|
||||
* provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t duration;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
|
||||
|
||||
int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user.
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Average framerate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational avg_frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
|
||||
* will contain the attached picture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVPacket attached_pic;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
|
||||
* container does not allow it to change between packets).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
|
||||
* in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
|
||||
* (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
|
||||
* appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
|
||||
* the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
|
||||
* changes), then it does not appear in this array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
|
||||
* - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVPacketSideData *side_data;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must
|
||||
* be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
|
||||
* A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int event_flags;
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Real base framerate of the stream.
|
||||
* This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
|
||||
* represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
|
||||
* framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
|
||||
* For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
|
||||
* approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational r_frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration.
|
||||
* Pairs are separated by ','.
|
||||
* Keys are separated from values by '='.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char *recommended_encoder_configuration;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
|
||||
* libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context()
|
||||
* respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
* - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodecParameters *codecpar;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields
|
||||
* will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and
|
||||
* add new fields to AVStreamInternal.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
int64_t last_dts;
|
||||
int64_t duration_gcd;
|
||||
int duration_count;
|
||||
int64_t rfps_duration_sum;
|
||||
double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES];
|
||||
int64_t codec_info_duration;
|
||||
int64_t codec_info_duration_fields;
|
||||
int frame_delay_evidence;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet.
|
||||
* >0 -> decoder found
|
||||
* <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int found_decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t last_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Those are used for average framerate estimation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t fps_first_dts;
|
||||
int fps_first_dts_idx;
|
||||
int64_t fps_last_dts;
|
||||
int fps_last_dts_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
} *info;
|
||||
|
||||
int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */
|
||||
|
||||
// Timestamp generation support:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and
|
||||
* a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to
|
||||
* AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t first_dts;
|
||||
int64_t cur_dts;
|
||||
int64_t last_IP_pts;
|
||||
int last_IP_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of packets to buffer for codec probing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int probe_packets;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int codec_info_nb_frames;
|
||||
|
||||
/* av_read_frame() support */
|
||||
enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing;
|
||||
struct AVCodecParserContext *parser;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer;
|
||||
AVProbeData probe_data;
|
||||
#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16
|
||||
int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
|
||||
AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not
|
||||
support seeking natively. */
|
||||
int nb_index_entries;
|
||||
unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream Identifier
|
||||
* This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1
|
||||
* 0 means unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int stream_identifier;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int program_num;
|
||||
int pmt_version;
|
||||
int pmt_stream_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t interleaver_chunk_size;
|
||||
int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* stream probing state
|
||||
* -1 -> probing finished
|
||||
* 0 -> no probing requested
|
||||
* rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept.
|
||||
* NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int request_probe;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe
|
||||
* should be discarded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_to_keyframe;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of
|
||||
* the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also
|
||||
* assumes negative timestamps do not happen).
|
||||
* Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_skip_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream.
|
||||
* This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be
|
||||
* avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless
|
||||
* audio support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t first_discard_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after
|
||||
* first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent
|
||||
* early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t last_discard_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access
|
||||
* its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_decoded_frames;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing
|
||||
* NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t mux_ts_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts_wrap_reference;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities:
|
||||
* If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset
|
||||
* will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps.
|
||||
* Otherwise the offset will be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int pts_wrap_behavior;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int update_initial_durations_done;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to generate dts from pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t last_dts_for_order_check;
|
||||
uint8_t dts_ordered;
|
||||
uint8_t dts_misordered;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to inject global side data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int inject_global_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* display aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational display_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
|
||||
* Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStreamInternal *internal;
|
||||
} AVStream;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r);
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVProgram {
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
|
||||
unsigned int *stream_index;
|
||||
unsigned int nb_stream_indexes;
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
int program_num;
|
||||
int pmt_pid;
|
||||
int pcr_pid;
|
||||
int pmt_version;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
int64_t end_time;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
|
||||
int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection
|
||||
} AVProgram;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present
|
||||
(streams are added dynamically) */
|
||||
#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely
|
||||
not seekable, and attempts to call the
|
||||
seek function will fail. For some
|
||||
network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can
|
||||
change dynamically at runtime. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVChapter {
|
||||
int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
|
||||
AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
|
||||
int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
} AVChapter;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
|
||||
* to know how the duration was estimated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod {
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format I/O context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*),
|
||||
* the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and
|
||||
* can be found in libavformat/options_table.h.
|
||||
* The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
|
||||
* structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFormatContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The input container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVInputFormat *iformat;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVOutputFormat *oformat;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
|
||||
* if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *priv_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I/O context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
|
||||
* the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
|
||||
* take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
|
||||
* iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
|
||||
* I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *pb;
|
||||
|
||||
/* stream info */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
|
||||
* Set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ctx_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int nb_streams;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
|
||||
* avformat_new_stream().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
|
||||
* appear in av_read_frame().
|
||||
* - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStream **streams;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* input or output filename
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use url instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char filename[1024];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no
|
||||
* length restriction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty
|
||||
* string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string
|
||||
* which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it
|
||||
* was NULL in avformat_init_output().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *url;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position of the first frame of the component, in
|
||||
* AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
|
||||
* It is deduced from the AVStream values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
|
||||
* seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
|
||||
* durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the
|
||||
* AVStream values if not set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
|
||||
* available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
|
||||
* duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bit_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int packet_size;
|
||||
int max_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
* Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
|
||||
* This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This flag is mainly intended for testing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted)
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum size of the data read from input for determining
|
||||
* the input container format.
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t probesize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
|
||||
* from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t max_analyze_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8_t *key;
|
||||
int keylen;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int nb_programs;
|
||||
AVProgram **programs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced video codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID video_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced audio codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced subtitle codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
|
||||
* If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
|
||||
* needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
|
||||
* accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
|
||||
* Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
|
||||
* this.
|
||||
* - muxing: unused
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int max_index_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
|
||||
* obtained from realtime capture devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int max_picture_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of chapters in AVChapter array.
|
||||
* When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header,
|
||||
* so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header
|
||||
* is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters
|
||||
* in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters
|
||||
* must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when
|
||||
* write_trailer is called.
|
||||
* - muxing: set by user
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by libavformat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int nb_chapters;
|
||||
AVChapter **chapters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Metadata that applies to the whole file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
|
||||
* since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
|
||||
* stream was captured at this real world time.
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
|
||||
* either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
|
||||
* be used.
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
|
||||
* the value may become known after some number of frames
|
||||
* have been received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time_realtime;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fps_probe_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
|
||||
* misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int error_recognition;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
|
||||
* should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
|
||||
* open the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags to enable debugging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int debug;
|
||||
#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
|
||||
* for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
|
||||
* When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
|
||||
* successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
|
||||
* first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
|
||||
* will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
|
||||
* the streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t max_interleave_delta;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allow non-standard and experimental extension
|
||||
* @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int strict_std_compliance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must
|
||||
* be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
|
||||
* A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int event_flags;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
|
||||
* Decoding only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_ts_probe;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
|
||||
* Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
|
||||
* Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use)
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by user
|
||||
* - demuxing: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avoid_negative_ts;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transport stream id.
|
||||
* This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ts_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio preload in microseconds.
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int audio_preload;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max chunk time in microseconds.
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_chunk_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max chunk size in bytes
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_chunk_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
|
||||
* This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_wallclock_as_timestamps;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
|
||||
* to know how the duration was estimated.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip initial bytes when opening stream
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t skip_initial_bytes;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Correct single timestamp overflows
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int correct_ts_overflow;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek2any;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flush the I/O context after each packet.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flush_packets;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* format probing score.
|
||||
* The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
|
||||
* the format.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by avformat, read by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int probe_score;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of bytes to read maximally to identify format.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format_probesize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
|
||||
* If NULL then all are allowed
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *codec_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
|
||||
* If NULL then all are allowed
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *format_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
|
||||
* Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFormatInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* IO repositioned flag.
|
||||
* This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
|
||||
* is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
|
||||
* Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int io_repositioned;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced video codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *video_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced audio codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *audio_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced subtitle codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *subtitle_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced data codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *data_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Unused.
|
||||
* Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int metadata_header_padding;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User data.
|
||||
* This is a place for some private data of the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_format_control_message control_message_cb;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
|
||||
* Muxing: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t output_ts_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dump format separator.
|
||||
* can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by user.
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *dump_separator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced Data codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID data_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on
|
||||
* the URLs before opening them.
|
||||
* The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided
|
||||
* as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat.
|
||||
* @See av_format_set_open_cb()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use io_open and io_close.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback for opening new IO streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at
|
||||
* other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s the format context
|
||||
* @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here
|
||||
* @param url the url to open
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same
|
||||
* semantics as in avio_open2()
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more
|
||||
* additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer
|
||||
* passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller.
|
||||
* It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url,
|
||||
int flags, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum number of streams.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_streams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts;
|
||||
} AVFormatContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback);
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
|
||||
* of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVPacketList {
|
||||
AVPacket pkt;
|
||||
struct AVPacketList *next;
|
||||
} AVPacketList;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
|
||||
* etc.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avformat_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avformat_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavformat license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avformat_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and
|
||||
* protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select
|
||||
* exactly which formats you want to support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_register_input_format()
|
||||
* @see av_register_output_format()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional,
|
||||
* and not recommended anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues
|
||||
* with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked
|
||||
* to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them,
|
||||
* calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call
|
||||
* this function before any other threads using them are started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and
|
||||
* OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose
|
||||
* anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_network_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only
|
||||
* once for each time you called avformat_network_init.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_network_deinit(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format,
|
||||
* if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
|
||||
* or NULL if f is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format,
|
||||
* if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f
|
||||
* or NULL if f is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered muxers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered demuxers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFormatContext.
|
||||
* avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything
|
||||
* allocated by the framework within it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
|
||||
* @param s context to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a new stream to a media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
|
||||
* flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
|
||||
* be called in read_packet().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to
|
||||
* clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream
|
||||
* will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific
|
||||
* defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Wrap an existing array as stream side data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st stream
|
||||
* @param type side information type
|
||||
* @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
|
||||
* family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
|
||||
* st.
|
||||
* @param size side information size
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure,
|
||||
* the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
|
||||
uint8_t *data, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate new information from stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param stream stream
|
||||
* @param type desired side information type
|
||||
* @param size side information size
|
||||
* @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream,
|
||||
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get side information from stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param stream stream
|
||||
* @param type desired side information type
|
||||
* @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
|
||||
* @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream,
|
||||
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size);
|
||||
|
||||
AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
|
||||
* avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
|
||||
* everything allocated by the framework within it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in
|
||||
* case of failure
|
||||
* @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
|
||||
* format_name and filename are used instead
|
||||
* @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
|
||||
* context, if NULL filename is used instead
|
||||
* @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
|
||||
* context, may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
|
||||
* failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat,
|
||||
const char *format_name, const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_decoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pd data to be probed
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pd data to be probed
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
* @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
|
||||
* detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
|
||||
* score afterwards.
|
||||
* If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
|
||||
* to retry with a larger probe buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
* @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
|
||||
* with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
|
||||
* attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
|
||||
* with the highest score is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pb the bytestream to probe
|
||||
* @param fmt the input format is put here
|
||||
* @param url the url of the stream
|
||||
* @param logctx the log context
|
||||
* @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
|
||||
* @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
|
||||
* @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
|
||||
const char *url, void *logctx,
|
||||
unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
|
||||
const char *url, void *logctx,
|
||||
unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
|
||||
* The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context).
|
||||
* May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
|
||||
* function and written into ps.
|
||||
* Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param url URL of the stream to open.
|
||||
* @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
|
||||
* Otherwise the format is autodetected.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
|
||||
* is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
|
||||
* function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
|
||||
* frame mode.
|
||||
* The logical file position is not changed by this function;
|
||||
* examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
|
||||
* dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
|
||||
* codec corresponding to i-th stream.
|
||||
* On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
|
||||
* @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
|
||||
* options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
|
||||
* we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
|
||||
* program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
|
||||
* @param s stream index
|
||||
* @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
|
||||
* the last program is not among the programs of ic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the "best" stream in the file.
|
||||
* The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
|
||||
* likely to be what the user expects.
|
||||
* If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
|
||||
* default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
|
||||
* be found are ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
|
||||
* @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
|
||||
* or -1 for automatic selection
|
||||
* @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
|
||||
* program) to this one, or -1 if none
|
||||
* @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
|
||||
* selected stream
|
||||
* @param flags flags; none are currently defined
|
||||
* @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
|
||||
* AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
|
||||
* could be found,
|
||||
* AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
|
||||
* @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
|
||||
* NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic,
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type,
|
||||
int wanted_stream_nb,
|
||||
int related_stream,
|
||||
AVCodec **decoder_ret,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the next frame of a stream.
|
||||
* This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
|
||||
* that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
|
||||
* stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
|
||||
* omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
|
||||
* information possible for decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next
|
||||
* av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet
|
||||
* is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with
|
||||
* av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains
|
||||
* exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each
|
||||
* frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames
|
||||
* have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
|
||||
* values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
|
||||
* provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
|
||||
* has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
|
||||
* decompress the payload.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
|
||||
* 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
|
||||
* stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
|
||||
* from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
|
||||
* @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to timestamp ts.
|
||||
* Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
|
||||
* can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
|
||||
* Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
|
||||
* are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
|
||||
* in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
|
||||
* or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
|
||||
* keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
|
||||
* @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
|
||||
* @param ts target timestamp
|
||||
* @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
|
||||
* @param flags flags
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
|
||||
* Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect
|
||||
* ABI compatibility yet!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with
|
||||
* discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that
|
||||
* can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also
|
||||
* work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do
|
||||
* not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's
|
||||
* better to open a new AVFormatContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call
|
||||
* avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
|
||||
* current position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use av_read_play() to resume it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
|
||||
* and set *s to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_encoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
|
||||
* an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
|
||||
* Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
|
||||
* AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
|
||||
* negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header.
|
||||
* May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters
|
||||
* before actually writing the header.
|
||||
* If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
|
||||
* Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize,
|
||||
* AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized,
|
||||
* negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
|
||||
* or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
|
||||
* packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
|
||||
* the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
|
||||
* ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
|
||||
* an internal reference to the input packet).
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
|
||||
* order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
|
||||
* muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
|
||||
* output.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
|
||||
* set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
|
||||
* must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
|
||||
* they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly
|
||||
* increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they
|
||||
* merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration
|
||||
* "duration") should also be set if known.
|
||||
* @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
|
||||
* packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of
|
||||
* increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
|
||||
* av_write_frame() instead of this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance
|
||||
* knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4
|
||||
* muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
|
||||
* fit.
|
||||
* The caller must not access the data through this reference after
|
||||
* this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted,
|
||||
* libavformat will make a copy.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
|
||||
* flush the interleaving queues.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
|
||||
* set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
|
||||
* must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
|
||||
* they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly
|
||||
* increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the
|
||||
* AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing).
|
||||
* @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always
|
||||
* take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
|
||||
* specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame
|
||||
* structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
|
||||
* It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
|
||||
* video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
|
||||
* use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
|
||||
* <0 if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
|
||||
* file private data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
|
||||
* which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
|
||||
* there is no match.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
|
||||
* names of the registered formats
|
||||
* @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
|
||||
* extensions of the registered formats
|
||||
* @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
|
||||
* MIME type of the registered formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name,
|
||||
const char *filename,
|
||||
const char *mime_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name,
|
||||
const char *filename, const char *mime_type,
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get timing information for the data currently output.
|
||||
* The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
|
||||
* It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
|
||||
* work in real time.
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream stream in the media file
|
||||
* @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
|
||||
* time_base units
|
||||
* @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
|
||||
* in microsecond
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it
|
||||
* Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
|
||||
* atomically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
|
||||
int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
|
||||
* (or neither).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
|
||||
* @param buf buffer
|
||||
* @param size buffer size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
|
||||
* higher importance.
|
||||
* @param buf buffer
|
||||
* @param size buffer size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
|
||||
* @param pkt packet to dump
|
||||
* @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
|
||||
* @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
|
||||
* higher importance.
|
||||
* @param pkt packet to dump
|
||||
* @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
|
||||
* @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload,
|
||||
const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
|
||||
* If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the codec tag for the given codec id id.
|
||||
* If no codec tag is found returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
|
||||
* @param tag A pointer to the found tag
|
||||
* @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id,
|
||||
unsigned int *tag);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the index for a specific timestamp.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
|
||||
* @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
|
||||
* to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
|
||||
* is 0, then it will be >=
|
||||
* if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
|
||||
* @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
|
||||
* already contains it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp,
|
||||
int size, int distance, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Split a URL string into components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
|
||||
* in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
|
||||
* set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param proto the buffer for the protocol
|
||||
* @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
|
||||
* @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
|
||||
* @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
|
||||
* @param hostname the buffer for the host name
|
||||
* @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
|
||||
* @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
|
||||
* @param path the buffer for the path
|
||||
* @param path_size the size of the path buffer
|
||||
* @param url the URL to split
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size,
|
||||
char *authorization, int authorization_size,
|
||||
char *hostname, int hostname_size,
|
||||
int *port_ptr,
|
||||
char *path, int path_size,
|
||||
const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
|
||||
* duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
|
||||
* codec and time base.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic the context to analyze
|
||||
* @param index index of the stream to dump information about
|
||||
* @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
|
||||
* @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic,
|
||||
int index,
|
||||
const char *url,
|
||||
int is_output);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
|
||||
* of digits and '%%'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf destination buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size destination buffer size
|
||||
* @param path numbered sequence string
|
||||
* @param number frame number
|
||||
* @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_*
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
const char *path, int number, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
const char *path, int number);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filename possible numbered sequence string
|
||||
* @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
|
||||
* for getting unique dynamic payload types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
|
||||
* array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
|
||||
* multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
|
||||
* all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
|
||||
* must contain only one AVStream.
|
||||
* @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
|
||||
* @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
|
||||
* the caller)
|
||||
* @param size the size of the buffer
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
|
||||
* extensions, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
|
||||
* @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the given container can store a codec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
|
||||
* @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
|
||||
* @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
|
||||
* A negative number if this information is not available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
|
||||
int std_compliance);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
|
||||
* meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
|
||||
* following code:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
|
||||
* const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
|
||||
* enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
|
||||
* frame aspect ratio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
|
||||
* is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
|
||||
* return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
|
||||
* otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
|
||||
* usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param format the format context which the stream is part of
|
||||
* @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
|
||||
* @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
|
||||
* @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
|
||||
* @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
|
||||
* @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
|
||||
* @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
|
||||
* spec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
|
||||
* of spec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
|
||||
* 0 if st is not matched by spec;
|
||||
* AVERROR code if spec is invalid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st,
|
||||
const char *spec);
|
||||
|
||||
int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream
|
||||
* @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned
|
||||
* packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that
|
||||
* the packet should be dropped
|
||||
* @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success;
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt,
|
||||
AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVTimebaseSource {
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1,
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER,
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER,
|
||||
#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is useful when doing stream copy.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ofmt target output format for ost
|
||||
* @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments
|
||||
* @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from
|
||||
* @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt,
|
||||
AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist,
|
||||
enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the internal codec timebase from a stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st input stream to extract the timebase from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,861 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavf_io
|
||||
* Buffered I/O operations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/common.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking works like for a local file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
|
||||
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
|
||||
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
|
||||
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
|
||||
* blocking operation will be aborted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
|
||||
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
|
||||
* or AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
|
||||
int (*callback)(void*);
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
} AVIOInterruptCB;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Directory entry types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODirEntryType {
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describes single entry of the directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
|
||||
* Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
|
||||
char *name; /**< Filename */
|
||||
int type; /**< Type of the entry */
|
||||
int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
|
||||
int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
|
||||
-1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
} AVIODirEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
|
||||
struct URLContext *url_context;
|
||||
} AVIODirContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
|
||||
* write_data_type callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
|
||||
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
|
||||
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
* should give decodeable results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
|
||||
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
|
||||
* non-keyframe packet start point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
|
||||
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
|
||||
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
|
||||
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
|
||||
* finalizing the output file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
|
||||
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
|
||||
* means the end of a packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytestream IO Context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
|
||||
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
|
||||
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
|
||||
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
|
||||
* passes the options down to protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
|
||||
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
|
||||
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* READING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |---------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
* input file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* WRITING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |--------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max
|
||||
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* buf_ptr can be in this
|
||||
* due to a backward seek
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
* output file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
|
||||
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
|
||||
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
|
||||
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
|
||||
no more data has been received yet. */
|
||||
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
|
||||
functions. */
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
|
||||
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
|
||||
int max_packet_size;
|
||||
unsigned long checksum;
|
||||
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
|
||||
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
|
||||
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
|
||||
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
|
||||
* to byte position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seekable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t maxsize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int direct;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytes read statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bytes_read;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* seek statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* writeout statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int writeout_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Original buffer size
|
||||
* used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int orig_buffer_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int short_seek_threshold;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
|
||||
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ignore_boundary_point;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
|
||||
int64_t last_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t written;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
|
||||
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_packet_size;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
|
||||
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
|
||||
* masked by the value in flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
|
||||
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
|
||||
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
|
||||
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
|
||||
* checked resource.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move or rename a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url_src url to resource to be moved
|
||||
* @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delete a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url resource to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open directory for reading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param url directory to be listed.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get next directory entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
|
||||
* it may outlive AVIODirContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
|
||||
* error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
|
||||
* freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param entry entry to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
|
||||
* freed with avio_context_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
|
||||
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
|
||||
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
|
||||
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
|
||||
* which must be later freed with av_free().
|
||||
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
|
||||
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
|
||||
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
|
||||
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
|
||||
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
|
||||
* For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
|
||||
* a proper AVERROR code.
|
||||
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
|
||||
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
|
||||
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
int buffer_size,
|
||||
int write_flag,
|
||||
void *opaque,
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
|
||||
* into s.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
|
||||
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
|
||||
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
|
||||
* applicable
|
||||
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
|
||||
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
|
||||
* means that can be extremely slow.
|
||||
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip given number of bytes forward
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the filesize.
|
||||
* @return filesize or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
|
||||
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force flushing of buffered data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
|
||||
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
|
||||
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
|
||||
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
|
||||
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
|
||||
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
|
||||
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
|
||||
* necessary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
|
||||
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
|
||||
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
|
||||
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
|
||||
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
|
||||
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
|
||||
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
|
||||
* bytes actually read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
|
||||
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
|
||||
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name URL open modes
|
||||
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
|
||||
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
|
||||
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
|
||||
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
|
||||
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
|
||||
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
|
||||
* silently ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use direct mode.
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
|
||||
* that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_closep
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
|
||||
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_close
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a write only memory stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s new IO context
|
||||
* @return zero if no error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
|
||||
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
|
||||
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
|
||||
* No padding is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
|
||||
* must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
* Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
|
||||
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
|
||||
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
|
||||
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
|
||||
* otherwise over input protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
|
||||
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
|
||||
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
|
||||
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
|
||||
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
|
||||
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
|
||||
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
|
||||
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
|
||||
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
|
||||
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
|
||||
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
|
||||
* fail if used and not supported.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
|
||||
* code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
|
||||
* @param s the server context
|
||||
* @param c the client context, must be unallocated
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
|
||||
* to an AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
|
||||
* This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
|
||||
* using it as a read/write context.
|
||||
* It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
|
||||
* A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
|
||||
* decide to change the proceedings.
|
||||
* For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
|
||||
* one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
|
||||
* from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
|
||||
* chunk of the request can constitute a step.
|
||||
* If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
|
||||
* returns 0 immediately.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
|
||||
* @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
|
||||
* > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
|
||||
* < 0 for an AVERROR code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Libavformat version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
|
||||
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 17
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
|
||||
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
|
||||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
|
||||
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
|
||||
#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
|
||||
#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
|
||||
#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lpp
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lpp libpostproc
|
||||
* Video postprocessing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libpostproc/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned postproc_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libpostproc build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *postproc_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libpostproc license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *postproc_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void pp_context;
|
||||
typedef void pp_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16)
|
||||
typedef pp_context pp_context_t;
|
||||
typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t;
|
||||
extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3],
|
||||
uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3],
|
||||
int horizontalSize, int verticalSize,
|
||||
const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride,
|
||||
pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line
|
||||
* @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality);
|
||||
void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode);
|
||||
|
||||
pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags);
|
||||
void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Libpostproc version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,579 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of libswresample
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lswr
|
||||
* libswresample public header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lswr libswresample
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
|
||||
* allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters
|
||||
* must be set with the @ref avoptions API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate
|
||||
* SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you
|
||||
* are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API.
|
||||
* The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some
|
||||
* common options in the same statement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample
|
||||
* format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to
|
||||
* 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing
|
||||
* matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc();
|
||||
* av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context
|
||||
* AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt
|
||||
* 44100, // out_sample_rate
|
||||
* AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt
|
||||
* 48000, // in_sample_rate
|
||||
* 0, // log_offset
|
||||
* NULL); // log_ctx
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If
|
||||
* you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters
|
||||
* using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using
|
||||
* swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context.
|
||||
* You must then call swr_init() again.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert().
|
||||
* Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient
|
||||
* output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future"
|
||||
* samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any
|
||||
* time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0).
|
||||
* At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling
|
||||
* swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil
|
||||
* @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc()
|
||||
* function used in the following example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using
|
||||
* swr_get_delay().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters
|
||||
* from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output():
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* uint8_t **input;
|
||||
* int in_samples;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) {
|
||||
* uint8_t *output;
|
||||
* int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) +
|
||||
* in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP);
|
||||
* av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples,
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
|
||||
* out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples,
|
||||
* input, in_samples);
|
||||
* handle_output(output, out_samples);
|
||||
* av_freep(&output);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the conversion is finished, the conversion
|
||||
* context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free().
|
||||
* A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for
|
||||
* compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before
|
||||
* swr_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libswresample/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Option constants
|
||||
* These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate
|
||||
//TODO use int resample ?
|
||||
//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically?
|
||||
|
||||
/** Dithering algorithms */
|
||||
enum SwrDitherType {
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS,
|
||||
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resampling Engines */
|
||||
enum SwrEngine {
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resampling Filter Types */
|
||||
enum SwrFilterType {
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure
|
||||
* is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use
|
||||
* the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the
|
||||
* structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
* @return the AVClass of SwrContext
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *swr_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name SwrContext constructor functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate SwrContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
|
||||
* with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free()
|
||||
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
|
||||
* @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_set_int()
|
||||
* @see av_opt_set_dict()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize
|
||||
* @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] s Swr context to check
|
||||
* @see swr_init()
|
||||
* @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
|
||||
* other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
|
||||
* on the allocated context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not
|
||||
* @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
|
||||
* @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
|
||||
* @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
|
||||
* @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
|
||||
* @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
|
||||
* @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
|
||||
* @param log_offset logging level offset
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_init(), swr_free()
|
||||
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s,
|
||||
int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
|
||||
int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name SwrContext destructor functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(),
|
||||
* swr_init() can also be used without swr_close().
|
||||
* This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase
|
||||
* where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Core conversion functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convert audio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
|
||||
* end.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered.
|
||||
* You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an
|
||||
* upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of
|
||||
* input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
|
||||
* @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
|
||||
* @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
|
||||
* @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
|
||||
* @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count,
|
||||
const uint8_t **in , int in_count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the next timestamp from input to output
|
||||
* timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes.
|
||||
* @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX)
|
||||
* in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated
|
||||
* @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX)
|
||||
* in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers.
|
||||
* See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s[in] initialized Swr context
|
||||
* @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown
|
||||
* @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are
|
||||
* function used internally for timestamp compensation.
|
||||
* @return the output timestamp for the next output sample
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Low-level option setting functions
|
||||
* These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible
|
||||
* with the AVOption API.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is
|
||||
* internally called when needed in swr_next_pts().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized,
|
||||
* or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is
|
||||
* called with the flag set.
|
||||
* @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample
|
||||
* @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if:
|
||||
* @li @c s is NULL,
|
||||
* @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0,
|
||||
* @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not,
|
||||
* @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or
|
||||
* @li swr_init() fails when called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized input channel mapping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
|
||||
* @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
|
||||
* indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a channel mixing matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
|
||||
* default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
|
||||
* building custom matrices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_layout input channel layout
|
||||
* @param out_layout output channel layout
|
||||
* @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
|
||||
* @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
|
||||
* @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
|
||||
* @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
|
||||
* overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
|
||||
* normalized.
|
||||
* @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
|
||||
* @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
|
||||
* matrix array
|
||||
* @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
|
||||
double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
|
||||
double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval,
|
||||
double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
|
||||
int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized remix matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
|
||||
* @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o
|
||||
* @param stride offset between lines of the matrix
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Sample handling functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Drops the specified number of output samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* if needed for "hard" compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context
|
||||
* @param count number of samples to be dropped
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Injects the specified number of silence samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* if needed for "hard" compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context
|
||||
* @param count number of samples to be dropped
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available
|
||||
* output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay.
|
||||
* This function returns the sum of all such delays.
|
||||
* The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or
|
||||
* output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the
|
||||
* output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly
|
||||
* for upsampling and the input sample rate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s swr context
|
||||
* @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be:
|
||||
* @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds
|
||||
* @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds
|
||||
* @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned
|
||||
* delay is in input samples
|
||||
* @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned
|
||||
* delay is in output samples
|
||||
* @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and
|
||||
* out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be
|
||||
* returned
|
||||
* @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
|
||||
* call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This
|
||||
* depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state
|
||||
* (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples
|
||||
* swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_samples number of input samples.
|
||||
* @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit
|
||||
* @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size
|
||||
* to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples()
|
||||
* indicates that less would be used.
|
||||
* @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
|
||||
* will output or a negative value to indicate an error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Configuration accessors
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version
|
||||
* as the run-time one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the unsigned int-typed version
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned swresample_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the swr build-time configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swresample_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the swr license.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swresample_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name AVFrame based API
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples
|
||||
* field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer()
|
||||
* is called to allocate the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required.
|
||||
* In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added
|
||||
* to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function
|
||||
* or to swr_convert().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal
|
||||
* resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of
|
||||
* remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or
|
||||
* swr_convert() with NULL input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and
|
||||
* input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on
|
||||
* which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED
|
||||
* or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_delay()
|
||||
* @see swr_convert()
|
||||
* @see swr_get_delay()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param swr audio resample context
|
||||
* @param output output AVFrame
|
||||
* @param input input AVFrame
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching
|
||||
* configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr,
|
||||
AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information
|
||||
* provided by the AVFrames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The original resampling context is reset even on failure.
|
||||
* The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_close();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param swr audio resample context
|
||||
* @param output output AVFrame
|
||||
* @param input input AVFrame
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of libswresample
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Libswresample version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
|
||||
#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libsws
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libsws libswscale
|
||||
* Color conversion and scaling library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned swscale_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swscale_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libswscale license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swscale_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */
|
||||
#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1
|
||||
#define SWS_BILINEAR 2
|
||||
#define SWS_BICUBIC 4
|
||||
#define SWS_X 8
|
||||
#define SWS_POINT 0x10
|
||||
#define SWS_AREA 0x20
|
||||
#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40
|
||||
#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80
|
||||
#define SWS_SINC 0x100
|
||||
#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200
|
||||
#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000
|
||||
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
|
||||
|
||||
//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
|
||||
//internal chrominance subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
|
||||
//input subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
|
||||
#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000
|
||||
#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000
|
||||
#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000
|
||||
#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_FCC 4
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
|
||||
* suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
|
||||
* SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
|
||||
|
||||
// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
|
||||
// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
|
||||
typedef struct SwsVector {
|
||||
double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients
|
||||
int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector
|
||||
} SwsVector;
|
||||
|
||||
// vectors can be shared
|
||||
typedef struct SwsFilter {
|
||||
SwsVector *lumH;
|
||||
SwsVector *lumV;
|
||||
SwsVector *chrH;
|
||||
SwsVector *chrV;
|
||||
} SwsFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
struct SwsContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
* @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is
|
||||
* supported, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
|
||||
* sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
|
||||
* sws_setColorspaceDetails().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
|
||||
* error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the swscaler context swsContext.
|
||||
* If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
|
||||
* scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param srcW the width of the source image
|
||||
* @param srcH the height of the source image
|
||||
* @param srcFormat the source image format
|
||||
* @param dstW the width of the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstH the height of the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstFormat the destination image format
|
||||
* @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
|
||||
* @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler
|
||||
* For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis
|
||||
* function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1)
|
||||
* For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff
|
||||
* frequency
|
||||
* For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function
|
||||
* @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
|
||||
* @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
|
||||
* written
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
|
||||
int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
|
||||
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
|
||||
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
|
||||
* slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
|
||||
* rows in an image.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
|
||||
* top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
|
||||
* non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the scaling context previously created with
|
||||
* sws_getContext()
|
||||
* @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
|
||||
* the source slice
|
||||
* @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
|
||||
* the source image
|
||||
* @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
|
||||
* process, that is the number (counted starting from
|
||||
* zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
|
||||
* @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
|
||||
* of rows in the slice
|
||||
* @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
|
||||
* the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
|
||||
* the destination image
|
||||
* @return the height of the output slice
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
|
||||
const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
|
||||
uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
|
||||
* @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
|
||||
* @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
|
||||
* @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
|
||||
* @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction
|
||||
* @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction
|
||||
* @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction
|
||||
* @return -1 if not supported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
|
||||
int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange,
|
||||
int brightness, int contrast, int saturation);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return -1 if not supported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
|
||||
int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange,
|
||||
int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
|
||||
* quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
|
||||
SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
|
||||
float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen,
|
||||
float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift,
|
||||
int verbose);
|
||||
void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
|
||||
* context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
|
||||
* saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
|
||||
* context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
|
||||
* the new parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
|
||||
* are assumed to remain the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
|
||||
int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
|
||||
int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
|
||||
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
|
||||
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src source frame buffer
|
||||
* @param dst destination frame buffer
|
||||
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
|
||||
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src source frame buffer
|
||||
* @param dst destination frame buffer
|
||||
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
|
||||
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* swscale version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Main libavdevice API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
|
||||
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
|
||||
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
|
||||
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
|
||||
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
|
||||
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
|
||||
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
|
||||
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
|
||||
int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int width; /**< width */
|
||||
int height; /**< height */
|
||||
} AVDeviceRect;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window size change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
|
||||
* of the window device renders to.
|
||||
* Message should also be sent right after window is created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repaint request message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
|
||||
* NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request pause/play.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Application requests pause/unpause playback.
|
||||
* Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
|
||||
* By default devices are not paused.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume control message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute control messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get volume/mute messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
|
||||
* AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
|
||||
* and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
|
||||
* frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
|
||||
* Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
|
||||
* with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
* NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prepare window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
|
||||
* Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
|
||||
* Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Display window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to display a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
|
||||
* Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destroy window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
|
||||
* buffer is not required anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer fullness status messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer readable/writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
|
||||
* When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
|
||||
* NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute state change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that mute state has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume level change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that volume level has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from application to device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from device to application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Can be NULL.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
|
||||
* pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
|
||||
* It is build on top op AVOption API.
|
||||
* Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
|
||||
* parameters that fit to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* List of capabilities that can be queried:
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
|
||||
* - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
|
||||
* - sample_format: supported sample formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
|
||||
* - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channels: supported number of channels.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for video devices:
|
||||
* - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
|
||||
* - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - fps: supported fps values
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
|
||||
* and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
|
||||
* limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
|
||||
* For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
|
||||
* returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
|
||||
* AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* int ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query codecs
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick codec here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query format
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick format here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query and set more capabilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fail:
|
||||
* //clean up code
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
|
||||
* avformat_free_context(oc);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes device capabilities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
|
||||
* to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFormatContext *device_context;
|
||||
enum AVCodecID codec;
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
int window_width;
|
||||
int window_height;
|
||||
int frame_width;
|
||||
int frame_height;
|
||||
AVRational fps;
|
||||
} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
|
||||
* not used anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
AVDictionary **device_options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
|
||||
char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
|
||||
char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
|
||||
AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
|
||||
* autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
|
||||
* be always completed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param devices device list to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
* These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
* Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
|
||||
* @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
* @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Libavdevice version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 4
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,1168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* filter layer
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Main libavfilter public API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
|
||||
* Graph-based frame editing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavfilter/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avfilter_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavfilter build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavfilter license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g.
|
||||
* AVFilter.inputs/outputs).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of an AVFilterPad.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
|
||||
* @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's
|
||||
* responsibility to ensure the index is valid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the type of an AVFilterPad.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
|
||||
* @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
|
||||
* responsibility to ensure the index is valid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs.
|
||||
* The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the
|
||||
* options supplied to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs.
|
||||
* The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on
|
||||
* the options supplied to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts
|
||||
* and processing them concurrently.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used
|
||||
* to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this
|
||||
* option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default
|
||||
* no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame()
|
||||
* callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to
|
||||
* the next filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will
|
||||
* have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable
|
||||
* expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the
|
||||
* filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on
|
||||
* the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature
|
||||
* (internally or generically).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the
|
||||
* callback functions used to interact with the filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilter {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A description of the filter. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *description;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with
|
||||
* AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in
|
||||
* this list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilterPad *inputs;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with
|
||||
* AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in
|
||||
* this list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilterPad *outputs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions.
|
||||
* This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
|
||||
* must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic
|
||||
* code to this class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter pre-initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
|
||||
* allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
|
||||
* allocation failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success,
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
|
||||
* dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after
|
||||
* all the options have been set, but before links between filters are
|
||||
* established and format negotiation is done.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic
|
||||
* inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on
|
||||
* provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be
|
||||
* done after this callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame
|
||||
* parameters are known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if
|
||||
* initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on
|
||||
* failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that
|
||||
* want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are
|
||||
* allocated during init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that
|
||||
* contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or
|
||||
* with NULL if all the options were processed).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter uninitialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any
|
||||
* memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does
|
||||
* not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not
|
||||
* called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs
|
||||
* and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This
|
||||
* callback may be called more than once.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and
|
||||
* AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample
|
||||
* formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this
|
||||
* filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" /
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" /
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case
|
||||
* libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves
|
||||
* them on output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
|
||||
|
||||
int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other
|
||||
* code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilter *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Make the filter instance process a command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported.
|
||||
* @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be
|
||||
* time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function, alternative to the init()
|
||||
* callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is
|
||||
* used for providing binary data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter activation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
|
||||
* filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
|
||||
* step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
|
||||
* nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
|
||||
* possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
|
||||
* activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
} AVFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/** An instance of a filter */
|
||||
struct AVFilterContext {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options
|
||||
|
||||
const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance
|
||||
|
||||
char *name; ///< name of this filter instance
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads
|
||||
AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links
|
||||
unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads
|
||||
AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links
|
||||
unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads
|
||||
|
||||
void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of
|
||||
* AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some
|
||||
* or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing
|
||||
* everything.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with
|
||||
* AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining
|
||||
* allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both
|
||||
* to be allowed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the
|
||||
* threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int thread_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
|
||||
|
||||
char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string
|
||||
void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
|
||||
double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
|
||||
int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
|
||||
* filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
|
||||
* in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
|
||||
* instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
|
||||
* hardware context information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
|
||||
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
|
||||
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ready status of the filter.
|
||||
* A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
|
||||
* a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned ready;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
|
||||
* allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
|
||||
* output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
|
||||
* filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
|
||||
* of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
|
||||
* that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
|
||||
* configured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int extra_hw_frames;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
|
||||
* destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
|
||||
* the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
|
||||
* which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
|
||||
* image dimensions, format, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
|
||||
* Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
|
||||
* In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
|
||||
* implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterLink {
|
||||
AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
|
||||
AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter
|
||||
AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
|
||||
|
||||
/* These parameters apply only to video */
|
||||
int w; ///< agreed upon image width
|
||||
int h; ///< agreed upon image height
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
|
||||
/* These parameters apply only to audio */
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
|
||||
int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
|
||||
|
||||
int format; ///< agreed upon media format
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
|
||||
* which will pass through this link.
|
||||
* During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to
|
||||
* change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the
|
||||
* input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output
|
||||
* filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format
|
||||
* to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and
|
||||
* channel_layout members, above, when chosen.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *in_formats;
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *out_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic
|
||||
* negotiation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates;
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates;
|
||||
struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts;
|
||||
struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to
|
||||
* request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to
|
||||
* it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input
|
||||
* pad.
|
||||
* Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int request_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
|
||||
AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
|
||||
AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
|
||||
} init_state;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Graph the filter belongs to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterGraph *graph;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in link time_base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts_us;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Index in the age array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int age_index;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
|
||||
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
|
||||
* of the source filter if it exists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
|
||||
* If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
|
||||
* Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
|
||||
* Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
|
||||
* It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *partial_buf;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of the partial buffer to allocate.
|
||||
* Must be between min_samples and max_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int partial_buf_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
|
||||
* called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf.
|
||||
* This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering
|
||||
* has started.
|
||||
* If 0, all related fields are ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
|
||||
* called with more samples, it will split them.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link processing flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of past frames sent through the link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *frame_pool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
|
||||
* Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
|
||||
* cleared when a frame is filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_wanted_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal structure members.
|
||||
* The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
|
||||
* and must in no way be accessed by applications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char reserved[0xF000];
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FFFrameQueue fifo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
|
||||
* The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
|
||||
* the same link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_blocked_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link input status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp of the input status change.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t status_in_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link output status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_out;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link two filters together.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src the source filter
|
||||
* @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter
|
||||
* @param dst the destination filter
|
||||
* @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
|
||||
AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of channels of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the closed field of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should
|
||||
* close the sinks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
|
||||
* @return zero on successful negotiation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Make the filter instance process a command.
|
||||
* It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use
|
||||
* avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A
|
||||
* filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it
|
||||
* is not registered.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to register
|
||||
* @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value
|
||||
* otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
|
||||
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter definition matching the given name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the filter name to find
|
||||
* @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
|
||||
* NULL if none found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
|
||||
* @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a
|
||||
* ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form.
|
||||
* May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the
|
||||
* AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On
|
||||
* return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
|
||||
* a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary
|
||||
* must be freed by the caller.
|
||||
* May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to
|
||||
* avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing,
|
||||
* the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the
|
||||
* calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also
|
||||
* behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as
|
||||
* supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but
|
||||
* this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and
|
||||
* continue as usual.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its
|
||||
* filtergraph's list of filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted
|
||||
* @param filt the filter to be inserted
|
||||
* @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect
|
||||
* @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
|
||||
unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return AVClass for AVFilterContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be
|
||||
* executed multiple times, possibly in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to
|
||||
* @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref
|
||||
* AVFilterGraph.execute
|
||||
* @param jobnr the index of the job being executed
|
||||
* @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong
|
||||
* @param func the function to be called multiple times
|
||||
* @param arg the argument to be passed to func
|
||||
* @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each
|
||||
* invocation of func
|
||||
* @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func,
|
||||
void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFilterContext **filters;
|
||||
unsigned nb_filters;
|
||||
|
||||
char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
|
||||
* of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all
|
||||
* filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using
|
||||
* bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for
|
||||
* determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be
|
||||
* set in both to be allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int thread_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by
|
||||
* the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the
|
||||
* default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque object for libavfilter internal use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterGraphInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to
|
||||
* be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute.
|
||||
* Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the
|
||||
* graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom
|
||||
* multithreading implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback
|
||||
* to execute multiple jobs in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal
|
||||
* implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the
|
||||
* platform and build options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
avfilter_execute_func *execute;
|
||||
|
||||
char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private fields
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following fields are for internal use only.
|
||||
* Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterLink **sink_links;
|
||||
int sink_links_count;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned disable_auto_convert;
|
||||
} AVFilterGraph;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new filter instance in a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to create an instance of
|
||||
* @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to
|
||||
* AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify
|
||||
* different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to
|
||||
* this parameter. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is
|
||||
* also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with
|
||||
* avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
|
||||
const AVFilter *filter,
|
||||
const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph filter graph to search through.
|
||||
* @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph).
|
||||
* @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it
|
||||
* cannot be found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
|
||||
* The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
|
||||
* with the parameters args and opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created
|
||||
* filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance
|
||||
* @param graph_ctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non
|
||||
* negative value otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt,
|
||||
const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque,
|
||||
AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted
|
||||
* scale and aresample filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */
|
||||
AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graphctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL.
|
||||
* If *graph is NULL, do nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(),
|
||||
* where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and
|
||||
* to the caller.
|
||||
* This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the
|
||||
* filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterInOut {
|
||||
/** unique name for this input/output in the list */
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/** filter context associated to this input/output */
|
||||
AVFilterContext *filter_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */
|
||||
int pad_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
/** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */
|
||||
struct AVFilterInOut *next;
|
||||
} AVFilterInOut;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry.
|
||||
* Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL.
|
||||
* If *inout is NULL, do nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs,
|
||||
* which therefore must be known before calling the function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing
|
||||
* part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created
|
||||
* part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes
|
||||
* outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as
|
||||
* inputs to the parsed filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph
|
||||
* @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first
|
||||
* filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of
|
||||
* the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL.
|
||||
* If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs
|
||||
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL.
|
||||
* If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs
|
||||
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param[in] filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
|
||||
* parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed
|
||||
* by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
|
||||
* parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the
|
||||
* caller using avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left
|
||||
* unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with
|
||||
* them.
|
||||
* @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already
|
||||
* existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return
|
||||
* contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously
|
||||
* the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created
|
||||
* filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **inputs,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **outputs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a command to one or more filter instances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph
|
||||
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
|
||||
* "all" sends to all filters
|
||||
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
|
||||
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue a command for one or more filter instances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph
|
||||
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
|
||||
* "all" sends to all filters
|
||||
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
|
||||
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code
|
||||
* from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the graph to dump
|
||||
* @param options formatting options; currently ignored
|
||||
* @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure;
|
||||
* the string must be freed using av_free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request a frame on the oldest sink link.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism
|
||||
* of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph
|
||||
* in a balanced way under normal circumstances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on
|
||||
* some of the sinks during the process.
|
||||
* When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link
|
||||
* returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames
|
||||
* which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the return value of ff_request_frame(),
|
||||
* or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
|
||||
* memory buffer sink API for audio and video
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
|
||||
* reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
|
||||
* need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
|
||||
* If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
|
||||
* but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
} AVBufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
|
||||
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
|
||||
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
|
||||
int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
|
||||
int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
|
||||
} AVABufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
|
||||
* exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
|
||||
* not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
|
||||
* Get the properties of the stream
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
|
||||
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
|
||||
* input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
|
||||
* - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
|
||||
* - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
|
||||
* of samples read. This function is less efficient than
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
|
||||
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
|
||||
* the other with a single sink, not both.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
|
||||
* Memory buffer source API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do not check for format changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Immediately push the frame to the output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Keep a reference to the frame.
|
||||
* If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
|
||||
* copy the frame data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of failed requests.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
|
||||
* frame is present in the buffer.
|
||||
* The number is reset when a frame is added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
|
||||
* passed to this filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
|
||||
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
|
||||
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
|
||||
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
|
||||
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
|
||||
* caller with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
|
||||
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
|
||||
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
|
||||
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
|
||||
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
|
||||
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
|
||||
* copies or references when necessary.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
|
||||
* Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
|
||||
* the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
|
||||
* that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
|
||||
* while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
|
||||
* using the flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
|
||||
* @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
|
||||
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
|
||||
* of the last frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Libavfilter version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 25
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,3085 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Main libavformat public API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libavf libavformat
|
||||
* I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
|
||||
* formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
|
||||
* into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
|
||||
* data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
|
||||
* "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
|
||||
* file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call
|
||||
* av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols.
|
||||
* Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
|
||||
* capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
|
||||
* an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
|
||||
* registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() /
|
||||
* av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public
|
||||
* API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the
|
||||
* avio_enum_protocols() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
|
||||
* which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
|
||||
* most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
|
||||
* allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
|
||||
* AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
|
||||
* @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
|
||||
* "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
|
||||
* always set by user for output.
|
||||
* @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
|
||||
* elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
|
||||
* using their index in this array.
|
||||
* @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
|
||||
* set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
|
||||
* with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
|
||||
* It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
|
||||
* mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
|
||||
* AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
|
||||
* av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
|
||||
* from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
|
||||
* AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
|
||||
* Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
|
||||
* if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
|
||||
* nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section urls
|
||||
* URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a
|
||||
* scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files
|
||||
* are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted
|
||||
* sources without checks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to
|
||||
* both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local
|
||||
* audio and video devices and so on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
|
||||
* @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
|
||||
* single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
|
||||
* reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
|
||||
* cleanup.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
|
||||
* The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which
|
||||
* is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* const char *url = "file:in.mp3";
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
|
||||
* int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
* if (ret < 0)
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
|
||||
* specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
|
||||
* information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
|
||||
* store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
|
||||
* frames to find missing information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
|
||||
* avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
|
||||
* for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
|
||||
* To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
|
||||
* your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
|
||||
* AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
|
||||
* options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVDictionary *options = NULL;
|
||||
* av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
|
||||
* av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* av_dict_free(&options);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
|
||||
* demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
|
||||
* cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
|
||||
* out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
|
||||
* recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
|
||||
* options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
|
||||
* consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
|
||||
* wishes, e.g.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVDictionaryEntry *e;
|
||||
* if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
|
||||
* avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
|
||||
* Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
|
||||
* av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
|
||||
* containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
|
||||
* AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
|
||||
* decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the
|
||||
* caller wishes to decode the data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
|
||||
* set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
|
||||
* pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
|
||||
* information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
|
||||
* multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is
|
||||
* allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely.
|
||||
* Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a
|
||||
* static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid
|
||||
* until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller
|
||||
* requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy
|
||||
* of it.
|
||||
* In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no
|
||||
* longer needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
|
||||
* it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
|
||||
* file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
|
||||
* packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
|
||||
* the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
|
||||
* muxer that will be used.
|
||||
* - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
|
||||
* "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
|
||||
* avio_open2() or a custom one.
|
||||
* - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
|
||||
* be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
|
||||
* the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the
|
||||
* codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id
|
||||
* "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
|
||||
* etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
|
||||
* be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
|
||||
* that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
|
||||
* described later).
|
||||
* - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in
|
||||
* AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during
|
||||
* remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid
|
||||
* for both input and output format contexts.
|
||||
* - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
|
||||
* metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
|
||||
* AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
|
||||
* stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
|
||||
* avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
|
||||
* header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
|
||||
* depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
|
||||
* private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
|
||||
* discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
|
||||
* a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
|
||||
* information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
|
||||
* AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
|
||||
* avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
|
||||
* requested by the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
|
||||
* to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
|
||||
* context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
|
||||
* avformat_free_context().
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing
|
||||
* The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of possible use cases:
|
||||
* - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location,
|
||||
* - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all
|
||||
* files from a given directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory
|
||||
* At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir()
|
||||
* supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing
|
||||
* protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive
|
||||
* integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL;
|
||||
* if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n");
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without
|
||||
* any additional parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries
|
||||
* Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else
|
||||
* within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry.
|
||||
* Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by
|
||||
* repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or
|
||||
* positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the
|
||||
* NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be
|
||||
* read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated
|
||||
* with ctx and prints their names to standard output.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL;
|
||||
* for (;;) {
|
||||
* if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n");
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* if (!entry)
|
||||
* break;
|
||||
* printf("%s\n", entry->name);
|
||||
* avio_free_directory_entry(&entry);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avio.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFormatContext;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
|
||||
* application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
|
||||
* set metadata when muxing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
|
||||
* fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
|
||||
* using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
|
||||
* metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
|
||||
* exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Important concepts to keep in mind:
|
||||
* - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
|
||||
* also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
|
||||
* several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
|
||||
* E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
|
||||
* placed in the same tag.
|
||||
* - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
|
||||
* want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
|
||||
* and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
|
||||
* - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
|
||||
* appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
|
||||
* they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
|
||||
* - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
|
||||
* is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
|
||||
* For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
|
||||
* The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
|
||||
* A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
|
||||
* - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
|
||||
* sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
|
||||
* artist-sort="Beatles, The".
|
||||
* - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful
|
||||
* call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags
|
||||
* will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata
|
||||
* changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext
|
||||
* and check their individual event_flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
|
||||
* with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
|
||||
* Follows a list of generic tag names:
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
album -- name of the set this work belongs to
|
||||
album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
|
||||
e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
|
||||
artist -- main creator of the work
|
||||
comment -- any additional description of the file.
|
||||
composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
|
||||
copyright -- name of copyright holder.
|
||||
creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
|
||||
date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
|
||||
disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
|
||||
encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
|
||||
encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
|
||||
filename -- original name of the file.
|
||||
genre -- <self-evident>.
|
||||
language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
|
||||
in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
|
||||
separating them with commas.
|
||||
performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
|
||||
E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
|
||||
Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
|
||||
publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
|
||||
service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
|
||||
service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
|
||||
title -- name of the work.
|
||||
track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
|
||||
variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* packet functions */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its
|
||||
* fields with default values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s associated IO context
|
||||
* @param pkt packet
|
||||
* @param size desired payload size
|
||||
* @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
|
||||
* If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
|
||||
* Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
|
||||
* which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
|
||||
* when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
|
||||
* the final size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s associated IO context
|
||||
* @param pkt packet
|
||||
* @param size amount of data to read
|
||||
* @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
|
||||
* will not be lost even if an error occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************/
|
||||
/* input/output formats */
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecTag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVProbeData {
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */
|
||||
int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */
|
||||
const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */
|
||||
} AVProbeData;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4)
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
|
||||
|
||||
/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly
|
||||
increasing timestamps, but they must
|
||||
still be monotonic */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative
|
||||
timestamps. If not set the timestamp
|
||||
will be shifted in av_write_frame and
|
||||
av_interleaved_write_frame so they
|
||||
start from 0.
|
||||
The user or muxer can override this through
|
||||
AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_encoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOutputFormat {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
|
||||
* than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
|
||||
* to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *long_name;
|
||||
const char *mime_type;
|
||||
const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */
|
||||
/* output support */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER,
|
||||
* AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
|
||||
* AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
|
||||
* AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
|
||||
* choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVOutputFormat *next;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags,
|
||||
* pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer.
|
||||
* When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush,
|
||||
* or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered
|
||||
* data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out,
|
||||
AVPacket *in, int flush);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the given codec can be stored in this container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not.
|
||||
* A negative number if unknown.
|
||||
* MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance);
|
||||
|
||||
void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
|
||||
int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows sending messages from application to device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it
|
||||
* by setting the pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns device list with it properties.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or
|
||||
* AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent.
|
||||
* This method must not write output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being
|
||||
* destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is called if init() fails as well.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed
|
||||
* for the global header.
|
||||
* Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
} AVOutputFormat;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_decoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVInputFormat {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
|
||||
* may be appended with a minor bump.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
|
||||
* than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
|
||||
* to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *long_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
|
||||
* AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
|
||||
* AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
|
||||
* usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
|
||||
* reliable enough
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *extensions;
|
||||
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Comma-separated list of mime types.
|
||||
* It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
|
||||
* @see av_probe_input_format2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *mime_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVInputFormat *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int raw_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
|
||||
* The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
|
||||
* big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
|
||||
* structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be
|
||||
* called to create new streams.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
|
||||
* set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
|
||||
* AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a
|
||||
* background thread).
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
|
||||
* When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated
|
||||
* or must be freed before returning
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
|
||||
* freed by this function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
|
||||
* stream component stream_index.
|
||||
* @param stream_index Must not be -1.
|
||||
* @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
|
||||
* match is available.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *,
|
||||
int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
|
||||
* @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
|
||||
* (RTSP).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
|
||||
* (RTSP).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to timestamp ts.
|
||||
* Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
|
||||
* can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
|
||||
* Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns device list with it properties.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
} AVInputFormat;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVStreamParseType {
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
|
||||
this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
|
||||
just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIndexEntry {
|
||||
int64_t pos;
|
||||
int64_t timestamp; /**<
|
||||
* Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
|
||||
* when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
|
||||
* But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
|
||||
* is known
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001
|
||||
#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /**
|
||||
* Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags:2;
|
||||
int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
|
||||
int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */
|
||||
} AVIndexEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Track should be used during playback by default.
|
||||
* Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
|
||||
* even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
|
||||
* APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it
|
||||
* will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless
|
||||
* seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in
|
||||
* AVStream.attached_pic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding
|
||||
* to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts)
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream structure.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVStream {
|
||||
int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format-specific stream ID.
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat
|
||||
* encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodecContext *codec;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void *priv_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
|
||||
* of which frame timestamps are represented.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat
|
||||
* encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
|
||||
* provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
|
||||
* avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
|
||||
* with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
|
||||
* written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
|
||||
* user-provided one, depending on the format).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
|
||||
* Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
|
||||
* it to really is the pts of the first frame.
|
||||
* This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
|
||||
* demuxer must NOT set this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
|
||||
* If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
|
||||
* a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
|
||||
* provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t duration;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
|
||||
|
||||
int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user.
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Average framerate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational avg_frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
|
||||
* will contain the attached picture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVPacket attached_pic;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
|
||||
* container does not allow it to change between packets).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
|
||||
* in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
|
||||
* (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
|
||||
* appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
|
||||
* the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
|
||||
* changes), then it does not appear in this array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
|
||||
* - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVPacketSideData *side_data;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must
|
||||
* be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
|
||||
* A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int event_flags;
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Real base framerate of the stream.
|
||||
* This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
|
||||
* represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
|
||||
* framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
|
||||
* For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
|
||||
* approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational r_frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration.
|
||||
* Pairs are separated by ','.
|
||||
* Keys are separated from values by '='.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char *recommended_encoder_configuration;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
|
||||
* libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context()
|
||||
* respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
* - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodecParameters *codecpar;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields
|
||||
* will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and
|
||||
* add new fields to AVStreamInternal.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
int64_t last_dts;
|
||||
int64_t duration_gcd;
|
||||
int duration_count;
|
||||
int64_t rfps_duration_sum;
|
||||
double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES];
|
||||
int64_t codec_info_duration;
|
||||
int64_t codec_info_duration_fields;
|
||||
int frame_delay_evidence;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet.
|
||||
* >0 -> decoder found
|
||||
* <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int found_decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t last_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Those are used for average framerate estimation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t fps_first_dts;
|
||||
int fps_first_dts_idx;
|
||||
int64_t fps_last_dts;
|
||||
int fps_last_dts_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
} *info;
|
||||
|
||||
int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */
|
||||
|
||||
// Timestamp generation support:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and
|
||||
* a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to
|
||||
* AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t first_dts;
|
||||
int64_t cur_dts;
|
||||
int64_t last_IP_pts;
|
||||
int last_IP_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of packets to buffer for codec probing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int probe_packets;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int codec_info_nb_frames;
|
||||
|
||||
/* av_read_frame() support */
|
||||
enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing;
|
||||
struct AVCodecParserContext *parser;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer;
|
||||
AVProbeData probe_data;
|
||||
#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16
|
||||
int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
|
||||
AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not
|
||||
support seeking natively. */
|
||||
int nb_index_entries;
|
||||
unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream Identifier
|
||||
* This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1
|
||||
* 0 means unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int stream_identifier;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int program_num;
|
||||
int pmt_version;
|
||||
int pmt_stream_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t interleaver_chunk_size;
|
||||
int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* stream probing state
|
||||
* -1 -> probing finished
|
||||
* 0 -> no probing requested
|
||||
* rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept.
|
||||
* NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int request_probe;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe
|
||||
* should be discarded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_to_keyframe;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of
|
||||
* the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also
|
||||
* assumes negative timestamps do not happen).
|
||||
* Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_skip_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream.
|
||||
* This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be
|
||||
* avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless
|
||||
* audio support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t first_discard_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after
|
||||
* first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent
|
||||
* early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t last_discard_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access
|
||||
* its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_decoded_frames;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing
|
||||
* NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t mux_ts_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts_wrap_reference;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities:
|
||||
* If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset
|
||||
* will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps.
|
||||
* Otherwise the offset will be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int pts_wrap_behavior;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int update_initial_durations_done;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to generate dts from pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t last_dts_for_order_check;
|
||||
uint8_t dts_ordered;
|
||||
uint8_t dts_misordered;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to inject global side data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int inject_global_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* display aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational display_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
|
||||
* Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStreamInternal *internal;
|
||||
} AVStream;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r);
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVProgram {
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
|
||||
unsigned int *stream_index;
|
||||
unsigned int nb_stream_indexes;
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
int program_num;
|
||||
int pmt_pid;
|
||||
int pcr_pid;
|
||||
int pmt_version;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
int64_t end_time;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
|
||||
int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection
|
||||
} AVProgram;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present
|
||||
(streams are added dynamically) */
|
||||
#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely
|
||||
not seekable, and attempts to call the
|
||||
seek function will fail. For some
|
||||
network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can
|
||||
change dynamically at runtime. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVChapter {
|
||||
int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
|
||||
AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
|
||||
int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
} AVChapter;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
|
||||
* to know how the duration was estimated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod {
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format I/O context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*),
|
||||
* the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and
|
||||
* can be found in libavformat/options_table.h.
|
||||
* The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
|
||||
* structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFormatContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The input container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVInputFormat *iformat;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVOutputFormat *oformat;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
|
||||
* if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *priv_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I/O context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
|
||||
* the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
|
||||
* take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
|
||||
* iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
|
||||
* I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *pb;
|
||||
|
||||
/* stream info */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
|
||||
* Set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ctx_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int nb_streams;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
|
||||
* avformat_new_stream().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
|
||||
* appear in av_read_frame().
|
||||
* - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStream **streams;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* input or output filename
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use url instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char filename[1024];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no
|
||||
* length restriction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty
|
||||
* string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string
|
||||
* which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it
|
||||
* was NULL in avformat_init_output().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *url;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position of the first frame of the component, in
|
||||
* AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
|
||||
* It is deduced from the AVStream values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
|
||||
* seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
|
||||
* durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the
|
||||
* AVStream values if not set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
|
||||
* available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
|
||||
* duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bit_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int packet_size;
|
||||
int max_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
* Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
|
||||
* This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This flag is mainly intended for testing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted)
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum size of the data read from input for determining
|
||||
* the input container format.
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t probesize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
|
||||
* from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t max_analyze_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8_t *key;
|
||||
int keylen;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int nb_programs;
|
||||
AVProgram **programs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced video codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID video_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced audio codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced subtitle codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
|
||||
* If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
|
||||
* needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
|
||||
* accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
|
||||
* Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
|
||||
* this.
|
||||
* - muxing: unused
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int max_index_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
|
||||
* obtained from realtime capture devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int max_picture_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of chapters in AVChapter array.
|
||||
* When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header,
|
||||
* so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header
|
||||
* is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters
|
||||
* in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters
|
||||
* must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when
|
||||
* write_trailer is called.
|
||||
* - muxing: set by user
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by libavformat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int nb_chapters;
|
||||
AVChapter **chapters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Metadata that applies to the whole file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
|
||||
* since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
|
||||
* stream was captured at this real world time.
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
|
||||
* either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
|
||||
* be used.
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
|
||||
* the value may become known after some number of frames
|
||||
* have been received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time_realtime;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fps_probe_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
|
||||
* misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int error_recognition;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
|
||||
* should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
|
||||
* open the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags to enable debugging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int debug;
|
||||
#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
|
||||
* for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
|
||||
* When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
|
||||
* successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
|
||||
* first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
|
||||
* will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
|
||||
* the streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t max_interleave_delta;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allow non-standard and experimental extension
|
||||
* @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int strict_std_compliance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must
|
||||
* be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
|
||||
* A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int event_flags;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
|
||||
* Decoding only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_ts_probe;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
|
||||
* Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
|
||||
* Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use)
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by user
|
||||
* - demuxing: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avoid_negative_ts;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transport stream id.
|
||||
* This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ts_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio preload in microseconds.
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int audio_preload;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max chunk time in microseconds.
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_chunk_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max chunk size in bytes
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_chunk_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
|
||||
* This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_wallclock_as_timestamps;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
|
||||
* to know how the duration was estimated.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip initial bytes when opening stream
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t skip_initial_bytes;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Correct single timestamp overflows
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int correct_ts_overflow;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek2any;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flush the I/O context after each packet.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flush_packets;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* format probing score.
|
||||
* The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
|
||||
* the format.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by avformat, read by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int probe_score;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of bytes to read maximally to identify format.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format_probesize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
|
||||
* If NULL then all are allowed
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *codec_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
|
||||
* If NULL then all are allowed
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *format_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
|
||||
* Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFormatInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* IO repositioned flag.
|
||||
* This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
|
||||
* is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
|
||||
* Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int io_repositioned;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced video codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *video_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced audio codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *audio_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced subtitle codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *subtitle_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced data codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *data_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Unused.
|
||||
* Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int metadata_header_padding;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User data.
|
||||
* This is a place for some private data of the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_format_control_message control_message_cb;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
|
||||
* Muxing: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t output_ts_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dump format separator.
|
||||
* can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by user.
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *dump_separator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced Data codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID data_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on
|
||||
* the URLs before opening them.
|
||||
* The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided
|
||||
* as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat.
|
||||
* @See av_format_set_open_cb()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use io_open and io_close.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback for opening new IO streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at
|
||||
* other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s the format context
|
||||
* @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here
|
||||
* @param url the url to open
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same
|
||||
* semantics as in avio_open2()
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more
|
||||
* additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer
|
||||
* passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller.
|
||||
* It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url,
|
||||
int flags, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum number of streams.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_streams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts;
|
||||
} AVFormatContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback);
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
|
||||
* of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVPacketList {
|
||||
AVPacket pkt;
|
||||
struct AVPacketList *next;
|
||||
} AVPacketList;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
|
||||
* etc.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avformat_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avformat_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavformat license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avformat_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and
|
||||
* protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select
|
||||
* exactly which formats you want to support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_register_input_format()
|
||||
* @see av_register_output_format()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional,
|
||||
* and not recommended anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues
|
||||
* with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked
|
||||
* to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them,
|
||||
* calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call
|
||||
* this function before any other threads using them are started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and
|
||||
* OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose
|
||||
* anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_network_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only
|
||||
* once for each time you called avformat_network_init.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_network_deinit(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format,
|
||||
* if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
|
||||
* or NULL if f is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format,
|
||||
* if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f
|
||||
* or NULL if f is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered muxers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered demuxers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFormatContext.
|
||||
* avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything
|
||||
* allocated by the framework within it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
|
||||
* @param s context to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a new stream to a media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
|
||||
* flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
|
||||
* be called in read_packet().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to
|
||||
* clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream
|
||||
* will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific
|
||||
* defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Wrap an existing array as stream side data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st stream
|
||||
* @param type side information type
|
||||
* @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
|
||||
* family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
|
||||
* st.
|
||||
* @param size side information size
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure,
|
||||
* the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
|
||||
uint8_t *data, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate new information from stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param stream stream
|
||||
* @param type desired side information type
|
||||
* @param size side information size
|
||||
* @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream,
|
||||
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get side information from stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param stream stream
|
||||
* @param type desired side information type
|
||||
* @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
|
||||
* @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream,
|
||||
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size);
|
||||
|
||||
AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
|
||||
* avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
|
||||
* everything allocated by the framework within it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in
|
||||
* case of failure
|
||||
* @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
|
||||
* format_name and filename are used instead
|
||||
* @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
|
||||
* context, if NULL filename is used instead
|
||||
* @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
|
||||
* context, may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
|
||||
* failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat,
|
||||
const char *format_name, const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_decoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pd data to be probed
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pd data to be probed
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
* @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
|
||||
* detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
|
||||
* score afterwards.
|
||||
* If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
|
||||
* to retry with a larger probe buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
* @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
|
||||
* with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
|
||||
* attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
|
||||
* with the highest score is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pb the bytestream to probe
|
||||
* @param fmt the input format is put here
|
||||
* @param url the url of the stream
|
||||
* @param logctx the log context
|
||||
* @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
|
||||
* @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
|
||||
* @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
|
||||
const char *url, void *logctx,
|
||||
unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
|
||||
const char *url, void *logctx,
|
||||
unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
|
||||
* The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context).
|
||||
* May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
|
||||
* function and written into ps.
|
||||
* Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param url URL of the stream to open.
|
||||
* @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
|
||||
* Otherwise the format is autodetected.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
|
||||
* is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
|
||||
* function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
|
||||
* frame mode.
|
||||
* The logical file position is not changed by this function;
|
||||
* examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
|
||||
* dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
|
||||
* codec corresponding to i-th stream.
|
||||
* On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
|
||||
* @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
|
||||
* options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
|
||||
* we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
|
||||
* program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
|
||||
* @param s stream index
|
||||
* @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
|
||||
* the last program is not among the programs of ic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the "best" stream in the file.
|
||||
* The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
|
||||
* likely to be what the user expects.
|
||||
* If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
|
||||
* default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
|
||||
* be found are ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
|
||||
* @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
|
||||
* or -1 for automatic selection
|
||||
* @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
|
||||
* program) to this one, or -1 if none
|
||||
* @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
|
||||
* selected stream
|
||||
* @param flags flags; none are currently defined
|
||||
* @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
|
||||
* AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
|
||||
* could be found,
|
||||
* AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
|
||||
* @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
|
||||
* NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic,
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type,
|
||||
int wanted_stream_nb,
|
||||
int related_stream,
|
||||
AVCodec **decoder_ret,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the next frame of a stream.
|
||||
* This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
|
||||
* that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
|
||||
* stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
|
||||
* omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
|
||||
* information possible for decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next
|
||||
* av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet
|
||||
* is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with
|
||||
* av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains
|
||||
* exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each
|
||||
* frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames
|
||||
* have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
|
||||
* values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
|
||||
* provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
|
||||
* has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
|
||||
* decompress the payload.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
|
||||
* 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
|
||||
* stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
|
||||
* from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
|
||||
* @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to timestamp ts.
|
||||
* Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
|
||||
* can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
|
||||
* Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
|
||||
* are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
|
||||
* in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
|
||||
* or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
|
||||
* keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
|
||||
* @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
|
||||
* @param ts target timestamp
|
||||
* @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
|
||||
* @param flags flags
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
|
||||
* Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect
|
||||
* ABI compatibility yet!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with
|
||||
* discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that
|
||||
* can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also
|
||||
* work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do
|
||||
* not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's
|
||||
* better to open a new AVFormatContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call
|
||||
* avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
|
||||
* current position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use av_read_play() to resume it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
|
||||
* and set *s to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_encoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
|
||||
* an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
|
||||
* Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
|
||||
* AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
|
||||
* negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header.
|
||||
* May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters
|
||||
* before actually writing the header.
|
||||
* If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
|
||||
* Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize,
|
||||
* AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized,
|
||||
* negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
|
||||
* or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
|
||||
* packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
|
||||
* the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
|
||||
* ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
|
||||
* an internal reference to the input packet).
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
|
||||
* order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
|
||||
* muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
|
||||
* output.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
|
||||
* set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
|
||||
* must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
|
||||
* they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly
|
||||
* increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they
|
||||
* merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration
|
||||
* "duration") should also be set if known.
|
||||
* @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
|
||||
* packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of
|
||||
* increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
|
||||
* av_write_frame() instead of this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance
|
||||
* knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4
|
||||
* muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
|
||||
* fit.
|
||||
* The caller must not access the data through this reference after
|
||||
* this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted,
|
||||
* libavformat will make a copy.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
|
||||
* flush the interleaving queues.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
|
||||
* set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
|
||||
* must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
|
||||
* they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly
|
||||
* increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the
|
||||
* AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing).
|
||||
* @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always
|
||||
* take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
|
||||
* specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame
|
||||
* structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
|
||||
* It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
|
||||
* video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
|
||||
* use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
|
||||
* <0 if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
|
||||
* file private data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
|
||||
* which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
|
||||
* there is no match.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
|
||||
* names of the registered formats
|
||||
* @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
|
||||
* extensions of the registered formats
|
||||
* @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
|
||||
* MIME type of the registered formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name,
|
||||
const char *filename,
|
||||
const char *mime_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name,
|
||||
const char *filename, const char *mime_type,
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get timing information for the data currently output.
|
||||
* The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
|
||||
* It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
|
||||
* work in real time.
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream stream in the media file
|
||||
* @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
|
||||
* time_base units
|
||||
* @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
|
||||
* in microsecond
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it
|
||||
* Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
|
||||
* atomically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
|
||||
int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
|
||||
* (or neither).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
|
||||
* @param buf buffer
|
||||
* @param size buffer size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
|
||||
* higher importance.
|
||||
* @param buf buffer
|
||||
* @param size buffer size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
|
||||
* @param pkt packet to dump
|
||||
* @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
|
||||
* @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
|
||||
* higher importance.
|
||||
* @param pkt packet to dump
|
||||
* @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
|
||||
* @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload,
|
||||
const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
|
||||
* If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the codec tag for the given codec id id.
|
||||
* If no codec tag is found returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
|
||||
* @param tag A pointer to the found tag
|
||||
* @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id,
|
||||
unsigned int *tag);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the index for a specific timestamp.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
|
||||
* @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
|
||||
* to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
|
||||
* is 0, then it will be >=
|
||||
* if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
|
||||
* @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
|
||||
* already contains it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp,
|
||||
int size, int distance, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Split a URL string into components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
|
||||
* in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
|
||||
* set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param proto the buffer for the protocol
|
||||
* @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
|
||||
* @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
|
||||
* @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
|
||||
* @param hostname the buffer for the host name
|
||||
* @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
|
||||
* @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
|
||||
* @param path the buffer for the path
|
||||
* @param path_size the size of the path buffer
|
||||
* @param url the URL to split
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size,
|
||||
char *authorization, int authorization_size,
|
||||
char *hostname, int hostname_size,
|
||||
int *port_ptr,
|
||||
char *path, int path_size,
|
||||
const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
|
||||
* duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
|
||||
* codec and time base.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic the context to analyze
|
||||
* @param index index of the stream to dump information about
|
||||
* @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
|
||||
* @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic,
|
||||
int index,
|
||||
const char *url,
|
||||
int is_output);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
|
||||
* of digits and '%%'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf destination buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size destination buffer size
|
||||
* @param path numbered sequence string
|
||||
* @param number frame number
|
||||
* @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_*
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
const char *path, int number, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
const char *path, int number);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filename possible numbered sequence string
|
||||
* @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
|
||||
* for getting unique dynamic payload types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
|
||||
* array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
|
||||
* multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
|
||||
* all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
|
||||
* must contain only one AVStream.
|
||||
* @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
|
||||
* @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
|
||||
* the caller)
|
||||
* @param size the size of the buffer
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
|
||||
* extensions, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
|
||||
* @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the given container can store a codec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
|
||||
* @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
|
||||
* @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
|
||||
* A negative number if this information is not available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
|
||||
int std_compliance);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
|
||||
* meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
|
||||
* following code:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
|
||||
* const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
|
||||
* enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
|
||||
* frame aspect ratio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
|
||||
* is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
|
||||
* return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
|
||||
* otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
|
||||
* usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param format the format context which the stream is part of
|
||||
* @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
|
||||
* @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
|
||||
* @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
|
||||
* @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
|
||||
* @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
|
||||
* @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
|
||||
* spec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
|
||||
* of spec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
|
||||
* 0 if st is not matched by spec;
|
||||
* AVERROR code if spec is invalid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st,
|
||||
const char *spec);
|
||||
|
||||
int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream
|
||||
* @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned
|
||||
* packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that
|
||||
* the packet should be dropped
|
||||
* @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success;
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt,
|
||||
AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVTimebaseSource {
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1,
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER,
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER,
|
||||
#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is useful when doing stream copy.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ofmt target output format for ost
|
||||
* @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments
|
||||
* @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from
|
||||
* @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt,
|
||||
AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist,
|
||||
enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the internal codec timebase from a stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st input stream to extract the timebase from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,861 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavf_io
|
||||
* Buffered I/O operations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/common.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking works like for a local file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
|
||||
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
|
||||
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
|
||||
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
|
||||
* blocking operation will be aborted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
|
||||
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
|
||||
* or AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
|
||||
int (*callback)(void*);
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
} AVIOInterruptCB;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Directory entry types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODirEntryType {
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describes single entry of the directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
|
||||
* Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
|
||||
char *name; /**< Filename */
|
||||
int type; /**< Type of the entry */
|
||||
int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
|
||||
int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
|
||||
-1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
} AVIODirEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
|
||||
struct URLContext *url_context;
|
||||
} AVIODirContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
|
||||
* write_data_type callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
|
||||
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
|
||||
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
* should give decodeable results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
|
||||
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
|
||||
* non-keyframe packet start point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
|
||||
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
|
||||
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
|
||||
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
|
||||
* finalizing the output file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
|
||||
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
|
||||
* means the end of a packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytestream IO Context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
|
||||
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
|
||||
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
|
||||
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
|
||||
* passes the options down to protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
|
||||
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
|
||||
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* READING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |---------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
* input file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* WRITING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |--------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max
|
||||
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* buf_ptr can be in this
|
||||
* due to a backward seek
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
* output file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
|
||||
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
|
||||
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
|
||||
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
|
||||
no more data has been received yet. */
|
||||
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
|
||||
functions. */
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
|
||||
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
|
||||
int max_packet_size;
|
||||
unsigned long checksum;
|
||||
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
|
||||
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
|
||||
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
|
||||
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
|
||||
* to byte position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seekable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t maxsize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int direct;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytes read statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bytes_read;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* seek statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* writeout statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int writeout_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Original buffer size
|
||||
* used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int orig_buffer_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int short_seek_threshold;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
|
||||
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ignore_boundary_point;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
|
||||
int64_t last_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t written;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
|
||||
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_packet_size;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
|
||||
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
|
||||
* masked by the value in flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
|
||||
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
|
||||
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
|
||||
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
|
||||
* checked resource.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move or rename a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url_src url to resource to be moved
|
||||
* @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delete a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url resource to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open directory for reading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param url directory to be listed.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get next directory entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
|
||||
* it may outlive AVIODirContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
|
||||
* error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
|
||||
* freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param entry entry to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
|
||||
* freed with avio_context_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
|
||||
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
|
||||
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
|
||||
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
|
||||
* which must be later freed with av_free().
|
||||
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
|
||||
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
|
||||
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
|
||||
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
|
||||
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
|
||||
* For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
|
||||
* a proper AVERROR code.
|
||||
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
|
||||
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
|
||||
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
int buffer_size,
|
||||
int write_flag,
|
||||
void *opaque,
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
|
||||
* into s.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
|
||||
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
|
||||
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
|
||||
* applicable
|
||||
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
|
||||
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
|
||||
* means that can be extremely slow.
|
||||
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip given number of bytes forward
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the filesize.
|
||||
* @return filesize or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
|
||||
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force flushing of buffered data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
|
||||
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
|
||||
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
|
||||
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
|
||||
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
|
||||
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
|
||||
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
|
||||
* necessary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
|
||||
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
|
||||
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
|
||||
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
|
||||
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
|
||||
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
|
||||
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
|
||||
* bytes actually read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
|
||||
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
|
||||
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name URL open modes
|
||||
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
|
||||
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
|
||||
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
|
||||
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
|
||||
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
|
||||
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
|
||||
* silently ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use direct mode.
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
|
||||
* that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_closep
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
|
||||
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_close
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a write only memory stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s new IO context
|
||||
* @return zero if no error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
|
||||
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
|
||||
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
|
||||
* No padding is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
|
||||
* must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
* Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
|
||||
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
|
||||
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
|
||||
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
|
||||
* otherwise over input protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
|
||||
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
|
||||
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
|
||||
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
|
||||
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
|
||||
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
|
||||
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
|
||||
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
|
||||
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
|
||||
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
|
||||
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
|
||||
* fail if used and not supported.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
|
||||
* code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
|
||||
* @param s the server context
|
||||
* @param c the client context, must be unallocated
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
|
||||
* to an AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
|
||||
* This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
|
||||
* using it as a read/write context.
|
||||
* It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
|
||||
* A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
|
||||
* decide to change the proceedings.
|
||||
* For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
|
||||
* one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
|
||||
* from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
|
||||
* chunk of the request can constitute a step.
|
||||
* If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
|
||||
* returns 0 immediately.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
|
||||
* @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
|
||||
* > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
|
||||
* < 0 for an AVERROR code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Libavformat version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
|
||||
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 17
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
|
||||
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
|
||||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
|
||||
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
|
||||
#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
|
||||
#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
|
||||
#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lpp
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lpp libpostproc
|
||||
* Video postprocessing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libpostproc/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned postproc_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libpostproc build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *postproc_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libpostproc license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *postproc_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void pp_context;
|
||||
typedef void pp_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16)
|
||||
typedef pp_context pp_context_t;
|
||||
typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t;
|
||||
extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3],
|
||||
uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3],
|
||||
int horizontalSize, int verticalSize,
|
||||
const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride,
|
||||
pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line
|
||||
* @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality);
|
||||
void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode);
|
||||
|
||||
pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags);
|
||||
void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Libpostproc version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,579 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of libswresample
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lswr
|
||||
* libswresample public header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lswr libswresample
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
|
||||
* allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters
|
||||
* must be set with the @ref avoptions API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate
|
||||
* SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you
|
||||
* are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API.
|
||||
* The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some
|
||||
* common options in the same statement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample
|
||||
* format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to
|
||||
* 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing
|
||||
* matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc();
|
||||
* av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context
|
||||
* AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt
|
||||
* 44100, // out_sample_rate
|
||||
* AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt
|
||||
* 48000, // in_sample_rate
|
||||
* 0, // log_offset
|
||||
* NULL); // log_ctx
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If
|
||||
* you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters
|
||||
* using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using
|
||||
* swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context.
|
||||
* You must then call swr_init() again.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert().
|
||||
* Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient
|
||||
* output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future"
|
||||
* samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any
|
||||
* time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0).
|
||||
* At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling
|
||||
* swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil
|
||||
* @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc()
|
||||
* function used in the following example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using
|
||||
* swr_get_delay().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters
|
||||
* from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output():
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* uint8_t **input;
|
||||
* int in_samples;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) {
|
||||
* uint8_t *output;
|
||||
* int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) +
|
||||
* in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP);
|
||||
* av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples,
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
|
||||
* out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples,
|
||||
* input, in_samples);
|
||||
* handle_output(output, out_samples);
|
||||
* av_freep(&output);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the conversion is finished, the conversion
|
||||
* context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free().
|
||||
* A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for
|
||||
* compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before
|
||||
* swr_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libswresample/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Option constants
|
||||
* These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate
|
||||
//TODO use int resample ?
|
||||
//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically?
|
||||
|
||||
/** Dithering algorithms */
|
||||
enum SwrDitherType {
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS,
|
||||
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resampling Engines */
|
||||
enum SwrEngine {
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resampling Filter Types */
|
||||
enum SwrFilterType {
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure
|
||||
* is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use
|
||||
* the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the
|
||||
* structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
* @return the AVClass of SwrContext
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *swr_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name SwrContext constructor functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate SwrContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
|
||||
* with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free()
|
||||
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
|
||||
* @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_set_int()
|
||||
* @see av_opt_set_dict()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize
|
||||
* @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] s Swr context to check
|
||||
* @see swr_init()
|
||||
* @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
|
||||
* other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
|
||||
* on the allocated context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not
|
||||
* @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
|
||||
* @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
|
||||
* @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
|
||||
* @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
|
||||
* @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
|
||||
* @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
|
||||
* @param log_offset logging level offset
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_init(), swr_free()
|
||||
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s,
|
||||
int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
|
||||
int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name SwrContext destructor functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(),
|
||||
* swr_init() can also be used without swr_close().
|
||||
* This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase
|
||||
* where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Core conversion functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convert audio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
|
||||
* end.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered.
|
||||
* You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an
|
||||
* upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of
|
||||
* input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
|
||||
* @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
|
||||
* @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
|
||||
* @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
|
||||
* @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count,
|
||||
const uint8_t **in , int in_count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the next timestamp from input to output
|
||||
* timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes.
|
||||
* @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX)
|
||||
* in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated
|
||||
* @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX)
|
||||
* in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers.
|
||||
* See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s[in] initialized Swr context
|
||||
* @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown
|
||||
* @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are
|
||||
* function used internally for timestamp compensation.
|
||||
* @return the output timestamp for the next output sample
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Low-level option setting functions
|
||||
* These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible
|
||||
* with the AVOption API.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is
|
||||
* internally called when needed in swr_next_pts().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized,
|
||||
* or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is
|
||||
* called with the flag set.
|
||||
* @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample
|
||||
* @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if:
|
||||
* @li @c s is NULL,
|
||||
* @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0,
|
||||
* @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not,
|
||||
* @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or
|
||||
* @li swr_init() fails when called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized input channel mapping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
|
||||
* @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
|
||||
* indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a channel mixing matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
|
||||
* default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
|
||||
* building custom matrices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_layout input channel layout
|
||||
* @param out_layout output channel layout
|
||||
* @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
|
||||
* @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
|
||||
* @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
|
||||
* @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
|
||||
* overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
|
||||
* normalized.
|
||||
* @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
|
||||
* @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
|
||||
* matrix array
|
||||
* @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
|
||||
double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
|
||||
double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval,
|
||||
double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
|
||||
int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized remix matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
|
||||
* @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o
|
||||
* @param stride offset between lines of the matrix
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Sample handling functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Drops the specified number of output samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* if needed for "hard" compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context
|
||||
* @param count number of samples to be dropped
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Injects the specified number of silence samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* if needed for "hard" compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context
|
||||
* @param count number of samples to be dropped
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available
|
||||
* output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay.
|
||||
* This function returns the sum of all such delays.
|
||||
* The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or
|
||||
* output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the
|
||||
* output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly
|
||||
* for upsampling and the input sample rate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s swr context
|
||||
* @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be:
|
||||
* @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds
|
||||
* @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds
|
||||
* @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned
|
||||
* delay is in input samples
|
||||
* @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned
|
||||
* delay is in output samples
|
||||
* @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and
|
||||
* out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be
|
||||
* returned
|
||||
* @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
|
||||
* call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This
|
||||
* depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state
|
||||
* (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples
|
||||
* swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_samples number of input samples.
|
||||
* @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit
|
||||
* @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size
|
||||
* to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples()
|
||||
* indicates that less would be used.
|
||||
* @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
|
||||
* will output or a negative value to indicate an error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Configuration accessors
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version
|
||||
* as the run-time one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the unsigned int-typed version
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned swresample_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the swr build-time configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swresample_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the swr license.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swresample_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name AVFrame based API
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples
|
||||
* field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer()
|
||||
* is called to allocate the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required.
|
||||
* In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added
|
||||
* to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function
|
||||
* or to swr_convert().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal
|
||||
* resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of
|
||||
* remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or
|
||||
* swr_convert() with NULL input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and
|
||||
* input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on
|
||||
* which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED
|
||||
* or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_delay()
|
||||
* @see swr_convert()
|
||||
* @see swr_get_delay()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param swr audio resample context
|
||||
* @param output output AVFrame
|
||||
* @param input input AVFrame
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching
|
||||
* configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr,
|
||||
AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information
|
||||
* provided by the AVFrames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The original resampling context is reset even on failure.
|
||||
* The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_close();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param swr audio resample context
|
||||
* @param output output AVFrame
|
||||
* @param input input AVFrame
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of libswresample
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Libswresample version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
|
||||
#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libsws
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libsws libswscale
|
||||
* Color conversion and scaling library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned swscale_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swscale_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libswscale license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swscale_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */
|
||||
#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1
|
||||
#define SWS_BILINEAR 2
|
||||
#define SWS_BICUBIC 4
|
||||
#define SWS_X 8
|
||||
#define SWS_POINT 0x10
|
||||
#define SWS_AREA 0x20
|
||||
#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40
|
||||
#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80
|
||||
#define SWS_SINC 0x100
|
||||
#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200
|
||||
#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000
|
||||
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
|
||||
|
||||
//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
|
||||
//internal chrominance subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
|
||||
//input subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
|
||||
#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000
|
||||
#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000
|
||||
#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000
|
||||
#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_FCC 4
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
|
||||
* suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
|
||||
* SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
|
||||
|
||||
// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
|
||||
// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
|
||||
typedef struct SwsVector {
|
||||
double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients
|
||||
int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector
|
||||
} SwsVector;
|
||||
|
||||
// vectors can be shared
|
||||
typedef struct SwsFilter {
|
||||
SwsVector *lumH;
|
||||
SwsVector *lumV;
|
||||
SwsVector *chrH;
|
||||
SwsVector *chrV;
|
||||
} SwsFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
struct SwsContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
* @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is
|
||||
* supported, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
|
||||
* sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
|
||||
* sws_setColorspaceDetails().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
|
||||
* error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the swscaler context swsContext.
|
||||
* If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
|
||||
* scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param srcW the width of the source image
|
||||
* @param srcH the height of the source image
|
||||
* @param srcFormat the source image format
|
||||
* @param dstW the width of the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstH the height of the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstFormat the destination image format
|
||||
* @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
|
||||
* @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler
|
||||
* For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis
|
||||
* function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1)
|
||||
* For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff
|
||||
* frequency
|
||||
* For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function
|
||||
* @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
|
||||
* @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
|
||||
* written
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
|
||||
int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
|
||||
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
|
||||
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
|
||||
* slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
|
||||
* rows in an image.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
|
||||
* top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
|
||||
* non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the scaling context previously created with
|
||||
* sws_getContext()
|
||||
* @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
|
||||
* the source slice
|
||||
* @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
|
||||
* the source image
|
||||
* @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
|
||||
* process, that is the number (counted starting from
|
||||
* zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
|
||||
* @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
|
||||
* of rows in the slice
|
||||
* @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
|
||||
* the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
|
||||
* the destination image
|
||||
* @return the height of the output slice
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
|
||||
const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
|
||||
uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
|
||||
* @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
|
||||
* @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
|
||||
* @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
|
||||
* @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction
|
||||
* @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction
|
||||
* @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction
|
||||
* @return -1 if not supported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
|
||||
int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange,
|
||||
int brightness, int contrast, int saturation);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return -1 if not supported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
|
||||
int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange,
|
||||
int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
|
||||
* quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
|
||||
SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
|
||||
float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen,
|
||||
float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift,
|
||||
int verbose);
|
||||
void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
|
||||
* context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
|
||||
* saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
|
||||
* context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
|
||||
* the new parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
|
||||
* are assumed to remain the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
|
||||
int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
|
||||
int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
|
||||
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
|
||||
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src source frame buffer
|
||||
* @param dst destination frame buffer
|
||||
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
|
||||
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src source frame buffer
|
||||
* @param dst destination frame buffer
|
||||
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
|
||||
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* swscale version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Reference in New Issue
Block a user